大学進学塾 灘ゼミ ２０２３年度☑

志望大学・特定出題形式対策 〔

月

日配布〕

同志社大学の英語・会話文中の和文英訳（第３問 B）・直近１２か年過去問演習

全８４問

氏名〔

〕

演習問題
Ⅰ

同志社大学の会話文中の和文英訳（記述）・直近２年分〈７問×２〉………………………………（７）□【１】2023 同志社大学 2/4,全学部(理系) 文化情報 理工 生命医科 スポーツ健康科 心理 〔宿題：
月□日まで〕〔済：月日〕【２】2023 同志社大学 2/5,全学部(文系) グローバル･コミュニケーション
商

政策

文化情報

日まで〕〔済：スポーツ健康科月

心理【４】2023 同志社大学 2/7,学部個別 文化情報
日まで〕〔済：グローバル地域文化 〔宿題：

月

月

月

日〕

生命医科 〔宿題：月

月

スポーツ健康科日まで〕〔済：政策日〕□ 【５】2023 同志社大学 2/8,学部個別 グローバル･コミュニケーション 法 〔宿題：
で〕〔済：

月

月

日ま

月

日ま

月

日〕

日〕

□ 【６】2023 同志社大学 2/9,学部個別 神 商 心理 グローバル地域文化 〔宿題：
で〕〔済：

経済

日〕

□ 【３】2023 同志社大学 2/6,学部個別 文 経済 〔宿題：□神 文 社会 法月日〕□ 【７】2023 同志社大学 2/10,学部個別 社会

理工 〔宿題：

月

日まで〕
〔済：

◆
□

【８】2022 同志社大学 2/4,全学部(理系) 文化情報 理工 生命医科 スポーツ健康科 心理 〔宿題：
月□日まで〕〔済：月日〕【９】2022 同志社大学 2/5,全学部(文系) 神 文 社会 法 経済 商
康科

心理〔宿題：

月日まで〕〔済：□ 【１０】2022 同志社大学 2/6,学部個別 文 経済 〔宿題：
□ 【１１】2022 同志社大学 2/7,学部個別 政策 文化情報
日まで〕〔済：月

月
月

政策 文化情報 スポーツ健
日〕

日まで〕
〔済：

月

日〕

生命医科 スポーツ健康科 〔宿題：月日〕

□ 【１２】2022 同志社大学 2/8,学部個別 法 グローバル･コミュニケーション 〔宿題：まで〕〔済：

月

□

月

日

月

日

日まで〕〔済：月日〕□ 【１３】2022 同志社大学 2/9,学部個別 神まで〕〔済：

月

商 心理 グローバル地域文化 〔宿題：日〕

【１４】2022 同志社大学 2/10,学部個別 社会 理工 〔宿題：
日〕

1/224

月

＊ 解答……………………………………………………………………………………………………………（４３）Ⅱ

同志社大学の会話文中の和文英訳（記述）・その前の１０年分 ………………………………………（４７）□【１】2021 同志社大学 2/4,全学部(理系) 文化情報 理工 生命医科 スポーツ健康科 心理 〔宿題：
月日まで〕〔済：月日〕□ 【２】2021 同志社大学 2/5,全学部(文系) 神 文
ツ健康科

心理

社会

法 経済 商 政策 文化情報 理工 スポー

グローバル･コミュニケーション

日まで〕〔済：月【４】2021 同志社大学 2/7,学部個別 政策日まで〕〔済：

月

文化情報

月

生命医科

日まで〕〔済：月日〕

スポーツ健康科 〔宿題：月日〕

□ 【５】2021 同志社大学 2/8,学部個別 法 グローバル･コミュニケーション 〔宿題：
で〕〔済：

月

月

月

日ま

理工 〔宿題：

月

日まで〕
〔済：

月

日〕

【８】2020 同志社大学 2/4,全学部(理系) 文化情報 理工 生命医科 スポーツ健康科 心理 〔宿題：
月日まで〕〔済：月日〕□ 【９】2020 同志社大学 2/5,全学部(文系) 神 文
ツ健康科

心理

日まで〕〔済：社会法 経済 商 政策 文化情報 理工 スポー

グローバル･コミュニケーション
月

グローバル地域文化 〔宿題：

月

月

月

日〕

生命医科 スポーツ健康科 〔宿題：月日〕

□ 【１０】2020 同志社大学 2/6,学部個別 文 経済 〔宿題：
□ 【１１】2020 同志社大学 2/7,学部個別 政策 文化情報
日まで〕〔済：

月

日まで〕
〔済：

日〕

□ 【１２】2020 同志社大学 2/8,学部個別 法 グローバル･コミュニケーション 〔宿題：まで〕〔済：

月まで〕〔済：

月

月

日

月

日

日まで〕〔済：月日〕□ 【１３】2020 同志社大学 2/9,学部個別 神

□

日ま

日〕

□ 【７】2021 同志社大学 2/10,学部個別 社会
□

月

日〕

□ 【６】2021 同志社大学 2/9,学部個別 神 商 心理 グローバル地域文化 〔宿題：
で〕〔済：

月

日〕

□ 【３】2021 同志社大学 2/6,学部個別 文 経済 〔宿題：□グローバル地域文化 〔宿題：

商 心理 グローバル地域文化 〔宿題：日〕

【１４】2020 同志社大学 2/10,学部個別 社会 理工 〔宿題：月日〕
□ 【１５】2019 同志社大学 2/4,全学部(理系) 文化情報
月□日まで〕〔済：月【１６】2019 同志社大学 2/5,全学部(文系) 神

理工 生命医科 スポーツ健康科 心理 〔宿題：日〕

文 社会 法 経済 商 政策 文化情報 理工 ス

2/224

ポーツ健康科月

心理グローバル･コミュニケーション

日まで〕〔済：月

グローバル地域文化 〔宿題：日〕

□ 【１７】2019 同志社大学 2/6,学部個別日程 文 経済 〔宿題：

月日まで〕〔済：月日〕□【１８】2019 同志社大学 2/7,学部個別日程 政策
月□日まで〕〔済：□月【１９】2019 同志社大学 2/8,学部個別日程 法日まで〕〔済：月

生命医科

スポーツ健康科 〔宿題：日〕

グローバル･コミュニケーション 〔宿題：月日〕

【２０】2019 同志社大学 2/9,学部個別日程 神日まで〕〔済：

文化情報

月

商

心理

グローバル地域文化 〔宿題：月日〕

□ 【２１】2019 同志社大学 2/10,学部個別日程 社会

理工 〔宿題：

月日まで〕〔済：月日〕□ 【２２】2018 同志社大学 2/4,全学部(理系) 文化情報
月□日まで〕〔済：月【２３】2018 同志社大学 2/5,全学部(文系) 神
ポーツ健康科月心理

理工 生命医科 スポーツ健康科 心理 〔宿題：日〕

文 社会 法 経済 商 政策 文化情報 理工 ス

グローバル･コミュニケーション

日まで〕〔済：月

グローバル地域文化 〔宿題：日〕

□ 【２４】2018 同志社大学 2/6,学部個別日程 文 経済 〔宿題：

月日まで〕〔済：月日〕□【２５】2018 同志社大学 2/7,学部個別日程 政策
月□日まで〕〔済：□月【２６】2018 同志社大学 2/8,学部個別日程 法日まで〕〔済：月

生命医科

スポーツ健康科 〔宿題：日〕
グローバル･コミュニケーション 〔宿題：月日〕

【２７】2018 同志社大学 2/9,学部個別日程 神日まで〕〔済：

文化情報

月

商

心理

グローバル地域文化 〔宿題：月日〕

□ 【２８】2018 同志社大学 2/10,学部個別日程 社会

理工 〔宿題：

月日まで〕〔済：月日〕□ 【２９】2017 同志社大学 2/4,全学部(理系) 文化情報
月□日まで〕〔済：月【３０】2017 同志社大学 2/5,全学部(文系) 神
ポーツ健康科月心理

理工 生命医科 スポーツ健康科 心理 〔宿題：日〕

文 社会 法 経済 商 政策 文化情報 理工 ス

グローバル･コミュニケーション

日まで〕〔済：月日〕□ 【３１】2017 同志社大学 2/6,学部個別日程 文 経済 〔宿題：3/224グローバル地域文化 〔宿題：

月日まで〕〔済：月日〕□【３２】2017 同志社大学 2/7,学部個別日程 政策
月□日まで〕〔済：□月【３３】2017 同志社大学 2/8,学部個別日程 法日まで〕〔済：月

生命医科

スポーツ健康科 〔宿題：日〕
グローバル･コミュニケーション 〔宿題：月日〕

【３４】2017 同志社大学 2/9,学部個別日程 神日まで〕〔済：

文化情報

月

商

心理

グローバル地域文化 〔宿題：月日〕

□ 【３５】2017 同志社大学 2/10,学部個別日程 社会

理工 〔宿題：

月日まで〕〔済：月日〕□ 【３６】2016 同志社大学 2/4,全学部(理系) 文化情報
月□日まで〕〔済：月【３７】2016 同志社大学 2/5,全学部(文系) 神
ポーツ健康科月心理

理工 生命医科 スポーツ健康科 心理 〔宿題：日〕

文 社会 法 経済 商 政策 文化情報 理工 ス

グローバル･コミュニケーション

日まで〕〔済：月日〕□ 【３８】2016 同志社大学 2/6,学部個別 文 経済 〔宿題：
□ 【３９】2016 同志社大学 2/7,学部個別 政策 文化情報
日まで〕〔済：月

グローバル地域文化 〔宿題：

月

日まで〕
〔済：

月

日〕

生命医科 スポーツ健康科 〔宿題：月日〕

□ 【４０】2016 同志社大学 2/8,学部個別 法 グローバル･コミュニケーション 〔宿題：まで〕〔済：

月

□

日

月

日

日まで〕〔済：月日〕□ 【４１】2016 同志社大学 2/9,学部個別 神まで〕〔済：

月

月

商 心理 グローバル地域文化 〔宿題：日〕

【４２】2016 同志社大学 2/10,学部個別 社会 理工 〔宿題：月日〕
□ 【４３】2015 同志社大学 2/4,全学部日程(理系) 文化情報
題：□

月日まで〕〔済：理工 生命医科 スポーツ健康科 心理 〔宿月日〕【４４】2015 同志社大学 2/5,全学部日程(文系) 神 文 社会 法 経済 商
スポーツ健康科月

心理グローバル･コミュニケーション

日まで〕〔済：

月

政策

文化情報

理工

グローバル地域文化 〔宿題：日〕

□ 【４５】2015 同志社大学 2/6,学部個別日程 文 経済 〔宿題：

月日まで〕〔済：月日〕□【４６】2015 同志社大学 2/7,学部個別日程 政策
月□日まで〕〔済：月【４７】2015 同志社大学 2/8,学部個別日程 法

文化情報

生命医科

スポーツ健康科 〔宿題：日〕
グローバル･コミュニケーション 〔宿題：

4/224

月

日まで〕〔済：□月日〕【４８】2015 同志社大学 2/9,学部個別日程 神日まで〕〔済：月

商心理グローバル地域文化 〔宿題：月日〕

□ 【４９】2015 同志社大学 2/10,学部個別日程 社会

理工 〔宿題：

月日まで〕〔済：月日〕□ 【５０】2014 同志社大学 2/4,全学部日程(理系) 文化情報
題：□

月日まで〕〔済：理工 生命医科 スポーツ健康科 心理 〔宿月日〕【５１】2014 同志社大学 2/5,全学部日程(文系) 神 文 社会 法 経済 商－商学総合(昼主) 商－
フレックス複合(昼夜)ミュニケーション

政策

文化情報

理工

スポーツ健康科

心理グローバル･コグローバル地域文化 〔宿題：

月日まで〕〔済：月□ 【５２】2014 同志社大学 2/6,学部個別日程 文 経済 〔宿題：

月日まで〕〔済：

月

日〕

日〕
□

【５３】2014 同志社大学 2/7,学部個別日程 政策
月□日まで〕〔済：□月【５４】2014 同志社大学 2/8,学部個別日程 法日まで〕〔済：

文化情報

月

生命医科

スポーツ健康科 〔宿題：日〕
グローバル･コミュニケーション 〔宿題：月日〕

【５５】2014 同志社大学 2/9,学部個別日程 神 商－商学総合(昼主) 商－フレックス複合(昼夜) 心理

グローバル地域文化 〔宿題：月

□ 【５６】2014 同志社大学 2/10,学部個別日程 社会日まで〕〔済：理工 〔宿題：

月月日〕

日まで〕〔済：月日〕□ 【５７】2013 同志社大学 2/4,全学部日程(理系) 文化情報
題：□

月日まで〕〔済：理工 生命医科 スポーツ健康科 心理 〔宿月日〕【５８】2013 同志社大学 2/5,全学部日程(文系) 神 文 社会 法 経済 商－商学総合(昼主) 商－
フレックス複合(昼夜)ミュニケーション

政策

文化情報

理工

スポーツ健康科

心理グローバル･コグローバル地域文化 〔宿題：

月日まで〕〔済：月□ 【５９】2013 同志社大学 2/6,学部個別日程 文 経済 〔宿題：

月日まで〕〔済：

月

日〕

日〕
□

【６０】2013 同志社大学 2/7,学部個別日程 政策
月□日まで〕〔済：月【６１】2013 同志社大学 2/8,学部個別日程 法日まで〕〔済：

月

文化情報

生命医科

スポーツ健康科 〔宿題：日〕
グローバル･コミュニケーション 〔宿題：

日〕

5/224

月

□

【６２】2013 同志社大学 2/9,学部個別日程 神 商－商学総合(昼主) 商－フレックス複合(昼夜) 心理

グローバル地域文化 〔宿題：月

□ 【６３】2013 同志社大学 2/10,学部個別日程 社会日まで〕〔済：理工 〔宿題：

月月日〕

日まで〕〔済：月日〕□ 【６４】2012 同志社大学 2/4,全学部日程(理系) 文化情報
題：

月日まで〕〔済：理工 生命医科 スポーツ健康科 心理 〔宿月日〕□ 【６５】2012 同志社大学 2/5,全学部日程(文系) 神 文 社会 法
－フレックスＢ(昼夜)

政策

文化情報

ミュニケーション 〔宿題：理工月

経済 商－フレックスＡ(昼主) 商

スポーツ健康科日まで〕〔済：□ 【６６】2012 同志社大学 2/6,学部個別日程 文 経済 〔宿題：

月

月

心理

グローバル･コ
日〕

日まで〕〔済：月日〕□【６７】2012 同志社大学 2/7,学部個別日程 政策
月□日まで〕〔済：月【６８】2012 同志社大学 2/8,学部個別日程 法日まで〕〔済：月□ 【６９】2012 同志社大学 2/9,学部個別日程 神
理 〔宿題：

月

文化情報

生命医科

スポーツ健康科 〔宿題：日〕
グローバル･コミュニケーション 〔宿題：月日〕
商－フレックスＡ(昼主)日まで〕〔済：□ 【７０】2012 同志社大学 2/10,学部個別日程 社会

月

理工 〔宿題：商－フレックスＢ(昼夜) 心日〕
月日まで〕〔済：月日〕＊ 解答……………………………………………………………………………………………………………（２１２）

6/224【１】2023 同志社大学 2/4,全学部(理系) 文化情報

理工

生命医科

スポーツ健康科心理

次の会話を読んで設問に答えなさい。

(Lewis visits his Aunt Sheila’s house.)

Sheila：It’s so nice of you to visit! Your uncle and I were both so glad when you decided to study atWest Country University, just a few miles from our house. (Lewis：(a))

Thank you! Actually, I didn’t realise just how close you are. It was only twenty minutes on
the bus, and the bus stop is right next to the student house where I’m living.

Sheila：((b)) There’s a lovely walk over Hangman’s Hill. And do please visit at any

time! Now that your cousin Brenda has got married, we nearly always have a spare bedroom
available. That is, if you want to stay the night.

Lewis：

Thank you. That’s very kind.

Sheila：Now, as for today, lunch will be in about forty minutes. Your uncle should be back from his
fishing by then. But can I get you a drink in the meantime? A cup of tea, maybe? Or coffee?

Lewis：

Umm, well I’d rather have something cold. (Sheila：Yes, of course! We’ve got some nice sparkling apple juice, which we’ll be having with lunch.

(c))

And then there’s ginger ale, orange juice, and of course water. Oh, and your uncle’s homemadelemonade, obviously!

Lewis：

Well, I’ll have to choose the lemonade! I didn’t know he was still making it.
((d)) I remember when we were children, and we used to visit you, there wasalways lemonade!

Sheila：Yes, he started making it when your cousins were children. At first, it was just because hewasn’t happy with all the added ingredients in the children’s drinks in the shops. You know,
all the chemicals. ((e)) But then everyone liked it, and he just kept making it.

Anyway, here you go!

(She hands Lewis a glass of lemonade and he drinks.)

Lewis：

Oh yes! It’s still so good. You know, it really is one of the most refreshing drinks I’ve evertried. You and Uncle Fred should open a café and market it![このレモネードほど美味しいものがあるならば，できるだけ多くの人に楽しんでもらうほうがよいでしょう。]

7/224

Sheila：A few years ago, he did talk about the possibility of selling it. But he decided that though his
recipe works well for making small amounts, it might not be so good if he was making commercial quantities. ((f)) By the way, you can take some back to university if you’dlike?

Lewis：

I’d love to! You know I normally drink loads of water, but the water in the student housing
really tastes pretty horrible. (Sheila：(g))

Goodness me, Lewis, we’ve been talking about lemonade, and I haven’t even asked you about
university yet! How are you getting on at West Country?

Lewis：(

Ⅲ－A 空所( (a)(h)) But then I’ve only been there for two weeks, of course.

)～( (h) )に入るもっとも適切なものを次の 1～10 の中からそれぞれ一つ選び，その番号を解答欄に記入しなさい。同じ選択肢を二度使ってはいけません。選択肢の中には使われないものが二つ含まれています。
1

And huge amounts of sugar!

2

And it’s also easy to walk or bicycle.

3

Besides, it has to be drunk within seven days.

4

Do make yourself at home.

5 He uses Italian lemons now.
6

If you have anything?

7

It would be great to have an alternative to that.

8

It’s really good so far!

9

Oh yes, I’d love another one.

10 Wow, that will bring back memories of the past.

Ⅲ－B 本文中の[]内の日本語を英語で表現しなさい。

このレモネードほど美味しいものがあるならば，できるだけ多くの人に楽しんでもらうほうがよいでしょう。

8/224

【２】2023 同志社大学 2/5,全学部(文系) グローバル･コミュニケーション
政策

文化情報 スポーツ健康科 心理

神

文

社会

法 経済

商

グローバル地域文化

次の会話を読んで設問に答えなさい。

(Haru and Aiden discuss plans for Golden Week.)

Aiden：

Haru, do you have any plans for Golden Week?

Haru：

Yes, I am planning on spending most of my time gardening. Golden Week is the perfect time
to plant summer vegetables.

Aiden：

I remember you had a garden last year too. (Haru：I haven’t completely decided yet. I want to grow a variety of things. I love being able to just(a))

go outside and pick my own salad instead of going to the grocery store.

Aiden：(

Haru：

That’s true. If it doesn’t rain, you have to water them almost every day. It also takes some(b)

) But it must be a lot of work to grow the vegetables.

effort to make sure the plants don’t get sick or eaten by bugs.

Aiden：

I don’t think I would be good at growing a vegetable garden. ((c)) I always

either forget to water them, or I water them too much. I’ve never had much of a green thumb.

Haru：

A green thumb?

Aiden：It means to have a natural talent for growing plants.

Haru：

I don’t know if I have a green thumb exactly, but I’ve always been good at growing plants,
even when I was a kid.

Aiden：Can you teach me some of your tricks?

Haru：

Sure, I’m still learning. ((d)) Lately I have been reading some books aboutcompanion planting.

Aiden：

I’ve never heard of it.

Haru：

Companion planting is a way to make your garden grow more efficiently.

Aiden：(Haru：

The basic idea is that plants are all connected. And some plants make good neighbors, while(e))

others are bad neighbors.

Aiden：

I don’t get it.

Haru：Well, some plants can help each other grow. (panion plants are basil and tomatoes.

9/224

(f)

) An example of good com-

Aiden：Interesting. So, how do tomatoes and basil help each other grow?

Haru：

Basil deters the insects that eat tomatoes.

Aiden：

I see! (Haru：

True! It’s also good to think about the size of plants. Tall plants, like corn, can provide shade(g)) That’s another good reason to plant them together.

for plants that don’t like to get too much sun. On the other hand, you don’t want to plant anything short that needs a lot of sun next to a tall plant.

Aiden：

That makes sense. There’s a lot to think about when it comes to gardening.

Haru：

It’s true. [植物のいろいろな育て方を学ぶのは興味深いけど，全部知らなくてもガーデニングは楽しめます。] My favorite thing about gardening is simply watching everything grow. Isn’t itamazing that two different seeds planted in the same soil can grow into completely different
plants?

Aiden：

That is amazing! I don’t think I have the confidence to try and grow my own garden. But
maybe I can visit yours and help out sometimes.

Haru：

That would be great! ((h)) Gardening is fun, but I can always use an extra

hand.

Aiden：Okay!

Ⅲ－A 空所( (a))～( (h) )に入るもっとも適切なものを次の 1～10 の中からそれぞれ一つ選び，その番号を解答欄に記入しなさい。同じ選択肢を二度使ってはいけません。選択肢の中には使われないものが二つ含まれています。
1

Basil and tomatoes also taste great together.

2

But I’d be happy to share what I know.

3

Do you have a favorite vegetable?

4 How does it work?
5

I can’t even keep my houseplants alive.

6

Others compete for important resources.

7 That does sound convenient.
8 Tomatoes need lots of sun.
9 Well, stop by anytime.
10 What will you grow this year?

Ⅲ－B 本文中の[]内の日本語を英語で表現しなさい。

10/224

植物のいろいろな育て方を学ぶのは興味深いけど，全部知らなくてもガーデニングは楽しめます。

11/224

【３】2023 同志社大学 2/6,学部個別 文

経済

次の会話を読んで設問に答えなさい。

(Peter is standing outside the university library. Janet arrives.)

Janet：Oh no! It’s closed.

Peter：

Yes, I made the same mistake. I thought the library was always open on Saturdays, but it
seems it’s closed today for maintenance work. The sign here says that new automated shelving
is being installed.

Janet：

Automated shelving? (Peter：Haven’t you seen it before? The library already has some down in the basement. It allows(a))

there to be more shelves in the same amount of space.

Janet：

But how does it work?

Peter：

Well, the shelves are operated by electricity and slide sideways when you push a button. Thatway, you can get to the section you want. ((b)) You know, to make sure no one

can actually get crushed between moving shelves.

Janet：

It sounds cool. But it seems a bit ironic, too. I mean, it must be very expensive, and yet so few
students seem to use books nowadays!

Peter：

That’s certainly true, and you’re right, it is ironic, because the automated shelving is onlyused for the least-used books. All the standard reference books and so on are on regular, oldfashioned shelves.

Janet：

Ah, that’s what I love about libraries. Just being able to look along a shelf and then discovering something really interesting.

Peter：(

Janet：

Right!

Peter：

So obviously you don’t just come here for the electronic resources!

Janet：

Indeed, no I don’t! And we can access most of those electronic resources at home, right? Sure,(c)) Is that what you mean?

I come here to check things I need to check. [でも，図書館は多くの本があるので，刺激が受けられる場所です。] I feel that I do my best work here.

Peter：((d)) I have to confess that I come here mainly because it’s quieter and cooler

than it is at home. I live in the old student house on Mudpuddle Lane, and it always seems to
be noisy, especially at weekends.

12/224

Janet：(Peter：

No, I’m afraid not. I actually hardly ever take a book off the shelves, as almost everything I(e))

need is available online. ((f))

Janet：

Yes, it seems you won’t be too inconvenienced by the library closure.

Peter：

But what about you? (Janet：

Ha, ha, yes, I can cope! You know what, I think I’ll go to that bookshop in town instead ―(g))

the big one near the bus station. It’s been at least a month since I actually bought a book.

Peter：

It’s been at least a year since I was even in a bookshop! (Janet：

Not at all! Do you have a bike here? Let’s go. We can take the cycle route by the river.

Peter：

By the way, I’m Peter.

Janet：

I’m Janet. Nice to meet you, Peter.

Ⅲ－A 空所( (a)(h)))～( (h) )に入るもっとも適切なものを次の 1～10 の中からそれぞれ一つ選び，その番号を解答欄に記入しなさい。同じ選択肢を二度使ってはいけません。選択肢の中には使われないものが二つ含まれています。
1

Can you manage without your library inspiration?

2

Do you mind if I come along?

3

I believe there are all sorts of safety features.

4

I suppose that’s a good thing today, at least.

5 Let’s try the other library, across campus.
6

So, you don’t really come here for the books?

7

Something new that you weren’t aware of before?

8 What on earth is that?
9 When will it open again?
10 Wow, you really make libraries sound great!

Ⅲ－B 本文中の[]内の日本語を英語で表現しなさい。

でも，図書館は多くの本があるので，刺激が受けられる場所です。

13/224

【４】2023 同志社大学 2/7,学部個別 文化情報

スポーツ健康科 政策 生命医科

次の会話を読んで設問に答えなさい。

(Alan is running round the park; he meets his old sports teacher from high school, Mr. Baxter. )Mr. Baxter：

Good morning, Alan! I’m pleased to see you’re still keeping fit. It’s a nice sunny day
for it, too.

Alan：

Hello Mr. Baxter! Wow, seeing you here reminds me of all the school runs we used todo.

Mr. Baxter：

Yes, goodness me, I must have led thousands of school kids round this park. I believe
you were one of the few who actually enjoyed it. (

Alan：

(a)

)

Well, I always loved it when the weather was nice.
((b)) And do you remember that time we did it when it was all icy?

Jenkins fell over and broke his nose.

Mr. Baxter：Oh yes! Who could forget poor Jenkins and his unfortunate accidents?
(

Alan：

(c)

) How is university life? Are you still doing your judo?

University is great! ((d)) But I’m not doing judo any more. There

isn’t a judo club at university.

Mr. Baxter：

Oh, that’s a shame. Are you doing anything else instead? Any other sport?

Alan：Yes, I am. A friend persuaded me to start boxing, so I’m now a member of the university boxing club.
((e)) And each time it’s a two- or three-hour session. Honestly, it takes

up more of my time than studying does!

Mr. Baxter：

Ah, good old boxing, hey! I used to do some boxing when I was a teenager. It was the
only combat sport that anyone was teaching in my little town. I always loved it.

Alan：Yes, I love it too, though the training is really tough. It’s actually the reason why I’mrunning here today. The coach wants us to run at least 30 km a week during the summer break.

Mr. Baxter：

30 km a week? That’s not much for an athletic person like you, is it?

Alan：

Well yes, but that’s just the running. We’re also supposed to do weight-lifting threetimes a week.
((f)) I feel sore all the time!

14/224

Mr. Baxter：

Well, I’d enjoy all that if I was younger. [年をとればとるほど動機を見つけるのが難しくなるから，若いうちに頑張らないといけません。] And of course when you’re young, andyou get injured, you usually recover so fast. I miss that at my advanced age! Anyway,
Alan, don’t let me keep you here any longer. (

Alan：

(g)

)

Yes, I suppose I better. I’ve promised myself that I’ll go round another three times.
((h)

Mr. Baxter：) It’s been really good to see you again, Mr. Baxter.

It’s lovely to see you too, Alan. I do hope university keeps going well ― and of course
the boxing!

Ⅲ－A 空所( (a))～( (h) )に入るもっとも適切なものを次の 1～10 の中からそれぞれ一つ選び，その番号を解答欄に記入しなさい。同じ選択肢を二度使ってはいけません。選択肢の中には使われないものが二つ含まれています。
1

And we do that in pairs.

2

At least it always looked that way.

3

But tell me about you.

4

I can’t say it was so great in the rain.

5

I’ve just finished the second year, would you believe.

6

I won my first fight.

7

It sounds like really hard work.

8

Maybe one or two extra laps if I’ve got any energy left.

9 We train three or four times a week, including Sundays.
10

You need to get on with your run.

Ⅲ－B 本文中の[]内の日本語を英語で表現しなさい。

年をとればとるほど動機を見つけるのが難しくなるから，若いうちに頑張らないといけません。

15/224

【５】2023 同志社大学 2/8,学部個別 グローバル･コミュニケーション法

次の会話を読んで設問に答えなさい。

(Cameron and Makoto meet up at a café.)

Cameron：Sorry I’m late! I hope I didn’t keep you waiting too long.

Makoto：Oh, hi Cameron! No need to be sorry. I was just enjoying the scenery.
((a)) Thanks for recommending this amazing café.

Cameron：

Isn’t it great?

Makoto：It is indeed! But not surprising because you have excellent taste.

Cameron：You do too! I was just about to compliment you on your outfit. You look like you steppedout of a fashion magazine!

Makoto：Thanks! This shirt is my new favorite thing to wear.

Cameron：It’s so stylish and unique. (Makoto：Well, the truth is I upcycled it after buying it from my favorite neighborhood recycle shop.

Cameron：Upcycled? I’ve heard the term before, but I’m not sure if I really understand what itmeans. (Makoto：

(c)

(b)

)

)

Upcycling is when you improve something that would otherwise go to waste and make it
useful again.

Cameron：

Giving it a second life?

Makoto：Exactly. But to get back to your original question, I think the biggest difference between
upcycling and recycling is that when you upcycle something, the finished product often becomes more valuable and beautiful than before.
(

(d)

)

Cameron：Interesting.

Makoto：This shirt, for example. I immediately liked the pattern when I saw it in the store. But
the truth is that there was a pretty ugly stain on one of the elbows. (Cameron：(e))

You would never know by looking at it now. So, how did you get it to its current fabulous
state of being?

Makoto：((f)) After I bought it, I took it to my local tailor. First, they altered it tofit my size. And since there wasn’t much that could be done about the stain, I asked themto add these patches to the elbows to cover it up.

16/224

Cameron：

What a cool idea! [欠点はあっても，そのシャツを着ることができるだけでなく，おしゃれにすることができたんだね。] The contrasting colors on those elbow patches make it lookvery hip.

Makoto：Not bad for a shirt that cost 200 yen at the recycle shop, right?

Cameron：Not bad at all! ((g)) Recently, I accidentally put one of my favorite shirts

in the dryer and it shrank.

Makoto：Well, it’s easy to make something that’s too big, smaller, but it’s more difficult to makesomething too small, bigger.

Cameron：Oh, that makes sense.

Makoto：However, I’m learning that with a little imagination you can upcycle almost anything.
How about turning your shirt that shrank into something else?

Cameron：Like what?

Makoto：Weren’t you saying you needed a new pen case. How about something like that?

Cameron：That’s a great idea!

Makoto：You know what? Now that I am thinking about it, pen cases are pretty simple to make. I
don’t think you need the tailor’s help. ((h))

Cameron：Hmm, I’ll think about it. In the meantime, we should order before this café closes.

Makoto：Yes, let’s order!

Ⅲ－A 空所( (a))～( (h) )に入るもっとも適切なものを次の 1～10 の中からそれぞれ一つ選び，その番号を解答欄に記入しなさい。同じ選択肢を二度使ってはいけません。選択肢の中には使われないものが二つ含まれています。
1 For starters, how is upcycling different from recycling?
2

I think you could sew it yourself.

3

I wonder if your tailor could help me with a problem I have.

4

It was also a little too big for me.

5

It was pretty simple actually.

6 That explains why it looks a bit big.
7 That rarely happens in recycling.
8 The tailor cut off the stain.
9 What a view!
10 Where did you get it?

17/224

Ⅲ－B 本文中の[]内の日本語を英語で表現しなさい。

欠点はあっても，そのシャツを着ることができるだけでなく，おしゃれにすることができたんだね。

18/224

【６】2023 同志社大学 2/9,学部個別 神商心理グローバル地域文化

次の会話を読んで設問に答えなさい。

(Devon and Riley notice each other on the train.)

Devon：Hey Riley! Don’t you usually commute by subway?

Riley：

Oh, hi Devon. I also live near a JR station. (Devon：

It must be convenient to be able to choose.

Riley：

Yeah, I like having options. But in order to make it to my first class on time, I need to leave(a)the house by 7 am regardless of which train I take. (Devon：)(b))

I can relate. It takes me almost two hours to get to campus from my house. I don’t really mind
it though. ((c))

Riley：

Oh, like what?

Devon：

Well, I really like listening to podcasts. So, riding the train is a good excuse for me to do that.

Riley：

What is a podcast? (Devon：

Podcasts are audio files that you listen to on your phone or computer. It’s hard to define(d))

exactly because each one is different. Podcasts also have a wide range of voices, points-of-view,
and perspectives. Some can be an excellent way to learn new information. Others are more forentertainment.

Riley：

Do you have any examples?

Devon：

Now I am listening to a podcast where the host, LeVar Burton, reads short stories to listeners.
I love being able to put in my earphones and slip into another world for a while.

Riley：

LeVar Burton? (Devon：

He’s an American actor and TV personality. When I was growing up, he had a television show(e))

called the Reading Rainbow. He was also on Star Trek.

Riley：

That’s right! That’s how I know the name.

Devon：

He is a wonderful host.

Riley：

I don’t have a lot of extra money these days. Are podcasts expensive?

Devon：

No, most of the podcasts I listen to are free.

Riley：

Oh, that makes them easier to try out. You said, there are podcasts that help you learn new
information too. I wonder if there are any podcasts about philosophy. I’m taking a philosophy
class this semester. It is really interesting. [でも，先生がとても速く話すから，たくさんの重要

19/224

な点を聞き漏らしていると思う。]

Devon：

I bet there are many podcasts about philosophy. Last year I started listening to a podcast
about history for a similar reason. The podcast was very interesting. So, I still listen to it.

Riley：

Well, you’ve convinced me. (Devon：

They might not be for everybody, but I love them.

Riley：

Oh,

we’re

(

(g)

(f)

already here. Time)flies when

you’rehavinga goodconversation.

) I have to rush or I’ll be late.

Devon：

Okay. Nice running into you on the train.

Riley：

Nice bumping into you too. Hope I didn’t take away too much of your podcast time.

Devon：

Not at all. ((h)) But I also love to talk to my friends. Let me know if you findany interesting new podcasts that I should check out.

Riley：

Will do!

Ⅲ－A 空所( (a))～( (h) )に入るもっとも適切なものを次の 1～10 の中からそれぞれ一つ選び，その番号を解答欄に記入しなさい。同じ選択肢を二度使ってはいけません。選択肢の中には使われないものが二つ含まれています。
1

And, I don’t have time to read many history books.

2 His name sounds familiar.
3

I am definitely going to check out a podcast, or maybe two.

4

I have never heard of it before.

5

I love listening to podcasts.

6

In fact, there are some nice things about it.

7

My class is starting in ten minutes.

8

Of course it does not depend on the podcast.

9

So, I often take this train.

10

Sometimes I wish I lived a bit closer to the university.

Ⅲ－B 本文中の[]内の日本語を英語で表現しなさい。

でも，先生がとても速く話すから，たくさんの重要な点を聞き漏らしていると思う。

20/224

【７】2023 同志社大学 2/10,学部個別 社会理工

次の会話を読んで設問に答えなさい。

(Kaname visits Stevie to help plan for an important party.)

Stevie：Kaname! It’s great to see you, please come in. Thanks for coming over to help me decorate
for the party.

Kaname：Hi Stevie! (Stevie：My mom is turning 50 today and I want to make sure she feels properly celebrated for(a))

her birthday.

Kaname：Your mom is amazing! I hope to be half as cool as her when I turn 50.

Stevie：Only time will tell.

Kaname：(Stevie：But not a lot of time today before the party starts.

Kaname：Right, what time does it start again?

Stevie：7 pm and it’s 3 now. So, we only have four hours to get everything set up.

Kaname：It’s true that isn’t a lot of time. (Stevie：

You are a genius when it comes to decorating, so I know I can trust you with that. The

(b)

)

(c)

)

biggest challenge now is the food. [昨日から料理をしているけど，パーティーに間に合わないのではないかと心配です。]

Kaname：It smells amazing! (Stevie：Well, let me see. So far, I have made some mini pizzas, curry bread, several different(d))

kinds of sushi, tacos, steamed vegetables, a green salad, a pasta salad, and a fruit salad.

Kaname：You have prepared a feast! There is enough food here to feed a small town. What could
you possibly have left to make?

Stevie：I know, I tried to make all of my mom’s favorite foods. But I still need to make the mostimportant thing, the cake. Except, I can’t decide between carrot cake or cheesecake.
(Kaname：(e))

That is a tough decision. But hey, you still have four hours. I think that’s enough time tomake two cakes.

Stevie：Maybe you are right! My mom does always say “there’s no harm in trying.”

Kaname：((f))

21/224

Stevie：

Oh, feel free to try anything. I’d love to know what you think before I serve it to the otherguests.

Kaname：Really? Can I try the curry bread? My mouth is watering just looking at it.

Stevie：Of course.

(Kaname picks up a curry bread and takes a bite.)

Stevie：Well, what do you think?

Kaname：As expected, this is delicious. (Stevie：Actually, I didn’t use one.

Kaname：Not at all?

Stevie：Well, I read a lot of recipe books and get ideas from them. But I find it difficult to follow(g))

the recipes because it seems like I never have all the necessary ingredients. So, I usually
end up just improvising.

Kaname：Improvising?

Stevie：You know, just making it up as I go along. So, I guess you could say I made up my own
recipe, but I didn’t write it down and I probably couldn’t make it again.

Kaname：Wow! You have a lot of guts. Even when I try to follow recipes, I often can’t get it to comeout right.

Stevie：((h)) But I guess it’s worth it for the satisfaction that comes out of being

creative.

Kaname：Speaking of being creative, we both have a lot to do and not a lot of time to do it, so we
better get back to work.

Ⅲ－A 空所( (a))～( (h) )に入るもっとも適切なものを次の 1～10 の中からそれぞれ一つ選び，その番号を解答欄に記入しなさい。同じ選択肢を二度使ってはいけません。選択肢の中には使われないものが二つ含まれています。
1

All of the flavors come together perfectly.

2

All this talk about food is making me hungry.

3

But I am confident we can manage.

4

I fail sometimes too.

5

I guess we have a few decades to find out.

6

I’ve already been to get a cake from the supermarket.

22/224

7 No problem, it is my pleasure.
8

She loves them both.

9 What did you make?
10

You must teach me the recipe.

Ⅲ－B 本文中の[]内の日本語を英語で表現しなさい。

昨日から料理をしているけど，パーティーに間に合わないのではないかと心配です。

23/224

【８】2022 同志社大学 2/4,全学部(理系) 文化情報

理工

生命医科

スポーツ健康科心理

次の会話を読んで設問に答えなさい。

(Ella, a university student, runs into her friend Adrian on campus at an American university .)Ella：

Hey Adrian, how are you?

Adrian：Oh, hey Ella. I’m pretty good. I don’t have class next period, so I was just going to read alittle.

Ella：

Oh yeah? (Adrian：Well, it’s a fun way to pass the time, especially if you find a book you enjoy.

Ella：Yeah, maybe that’s my problem. (Adrian：Oh, just some science fiction. (Ella：Oh, like Star Wars or something like that?

Adrian：No, not like that. I prefer hard science fiction.

Ella：

What does that mean? Is it really difficult to read?

Adrian：No, that doesn’t mean it’s difficult. It just means that it tries to be scientifically accurate.[こ(a)) You really like books, don’t you?

(b)
(c)

) So, what are you reading now?
)の種類の小説では，作家たちはいつの日か本当に存在しうる新しい技術について書くんだ。]

Ella：

Oh, I see. So, what future technology is the book you’re reading about?

Adrian：It’s about robots. It’s called I, Robot, and it’s written by a famous author named Isaac Asimov. He was a professor of biochemistry. ((d)) A lot of people are worried

about robots and artificial intelligence, and this book predicted all of that.

Ella：Yeah, I hear about AI all the time now. It’s kind of scary that someday computers might besmarter than people. (Adrian：(e))

Right. That’s what Asimov talks about in this book. He created something called the “Three
Laws of Robotics.” ((f)) These days people are thinking about how to control

AI, and they still talk about Asimov’s three laws.

Ella：So, what are the three laws?

Adrian：Well, the first law says that a robot should not hurt a human or allow a human to be hurt.

Ella：Well, that’s a good first rule. What’s the second law?

Adrian：It says that a robot must follow a human’s orders, unless those orders would make it breakthe first law.

Ella：

(

(g)

)

24/224

Adrian：Exactly. So, robots should do what we tell them to do, unless we tell them to harm someone.
In that case they shouldn’t follow our order.

Ella：

No killer robots? That’s a relief. And what about the third law?

Adrian：A robot should protect itself as long as it doesn’t break the first or second law.

Ella：

I see. So, a robot needs to protect people first, and then protect itself. Those are wellthought-out laws. ((h))

Adrian：Well, believe it or not, it was written in 1950.

Ella：

1950? People were thinking about this seventy years ago?

Adrian：Maybe not most people, but Asimov was. He had an incredible imagination. Actually, hewrote over 500 books.

Ella：

And maybe you’ll read them all someday.

Ⅲ－A 空所(a)～(h)に入る最も適切なものを次の 1～10 の中からそれぞれ一つ選び，その番号を解答欄に記
入しなさい。同じ選択肢を二度使ってはいけません。選択肢の中には使われないものが二つ含まれています。
1

I have trouble finding books I like.

2

I hope they don’t try to take over the world!

3

It seems like you’re always reading.

4

It’s really interesting because the ideas in it are still relevant today.

5

Oh, I haven’t seen that in a long time.

6

Oh, so that means no one could tell a robot to hurt other people.

7 That’s what I usually read for fun.
8 They are a really simple but clear set of rules for robots.
9 Was that book written recently?
10 Wasn’t that made into a movie by the same director?

Ⅲ－B 本文中の[]内の日本語を英語で表現しなさい。

この種類の小説では，作家たちはいつの日か本当に存在しうる新しい技術について書くんだ。

25/224

【９】2022 同志社大学 2/5,全学部(文系) 神心理グローバル･コミュニケーション

文

社会 法 経済 商

政策 文化情報スポーツ健康科グローバル地域文化

次の会話を読んで設問に答えなさい。

(Jimmy spots his friend Georgia seated on a park bench, painting. He approaches, looks at what she’s

working on, and speaks.)

Jimmy：How do you do that?

Georgia：

I do it with a brush and a set of watercolor paints.

Jimmy：You know what I mean. I’m asking how you paint so well. I’ve never been able to sketch somuch as a plausible tree.

Georgia：“Plausible Tree” sounds like a good name for a rock and roll band. Don’t you play the guitar?

Jimmy：

Yes. But don’t change the subject. Really, you’re so talented with a brush.

Georgia：

I’ve been painting for years. (Jimmy：

If practice was all it took, I’d be pretty good myself. I took an art class. And I practiced long(a)

) You just get better with practice.

and often.

Georgia：

Let me see what you can do. ((b)) Draw a picture of me.

(Jimmy spends a few minutes sketching.)

Jimmy：

There. Give me your honest opinion.

Georgia：

My honest opinion is that you’re better at geometry than sketching. ((c))

Picasso would be ashamed. Here, let me sketch a picture of you.

(She works for a few minutes, then shows Jimmy the result.)

Jimmy：

Oh, you’re good for sure. ((d)) I’m not a handsome man, but I have to admit

it. That’s me. Mind if I use this in my new passport instead of a photo? No one will notice.

Georgia：

You’re welcome to try.

Jimmy：

I wonder. How does talent relate to practice? I think you’ve got to be born with a gift for art.
Talent is given to you. Then you work with it. (Georgia：

My mother and sister do.

26/224(e))

Jimmy：You see? A gift for art often runs in families, like the color of a person’s eyes. Take those
ice-blue eyes in the picture you drew of me. ((f)) People say I look like him.

Georgia：

So, I’m a “natural-born” painter, as the saying goes? Is that your point?

Jimmy：

Yes. Not that you haven’t worked hard to develop your gift. I know you have. Your dedication is as admirable as your talent. I’m the laziest man on earth.

Georgia：

Painting does come easily to me. Still, I love working at it. I’m glad you noticed.

Jimmy：

That must be what talent is. [どんなにきつい練習をしてもそれを楽しく感じるなら，君は才能があるということだよ。]

Georgia：

I think you may be right. And come on, Jimmy. You aren’t lazy. I walk by your apartment
five or six times a week. ((g)) Loudly. And beautifully. Me? I can’t whistle

even the simplest of tunes. Any musicians in your family?

Jimmy：

Come to think of it, there are. My cousin’s a pianist. So is my uncle. And his father was ina rock and roll band. Way back in the 1960s. They had a number one hit record. All the radio
stations played it. Didn’t I ever tell you about that?

Georgia：

No! That’s really wild. Do you have a copy?

Jimmy：

You bet I do. It’s on CD now, of course. And I’ve got it loaded on my smartphone. Here,
listen.

(Georgia takes the phone, plugs in some headphones, starts to dance.)

Georgia：

Great stuff.

Jimmy：

Why are you shouting?

Georgia：

What? I can’t hear you.

Jimmy：Take the headphones off, Georgia!

(She does.)Georgia：

Sorry about that. I was getting into it. ((h)) And as for you, Jimmy. You

should start a band.

Jimmy：

And call it “Plausible Tree”?

Georgia：

Exactly.

Ⅲ－A 空所(a)～(h)に入るもっとも適切なものを次の 1～10 の中からそれぞれ一つ選び，その番号を解答欄

27/224

に記入しなさい。同じ選択肢を二度使ってはいけません。選択肢の中には使われないものが二つ含まれています。
1

Does anyone else in your family paint?

2

Does my face really look like a bunch of triangles and cubes?

3

Does my face really look like a tree?

4 Here, take this pencil and sketch pad.
5

I might as well be looking into a mirror.

6

I might as well be looking out a window.

7

I started when I was just a kid.

8 They’re my father’s.
9

You’re always playing the guitar.

10

You’ve got to give me a copy of that CD.

Ⅲ－B 本文中の[]内の日本語を英語で表現しなさい。

どんなにきつい練習をしてもそれを楽しく感じるなら，君は才能があるということだよ。

28/224

【１０】2022 同志社大学 2/6,学部個別 文

経済

次の会話を読んで設問に答えなさい。

(Natalie sees her friend Greg on campus wearing headphones. )Natalie：

Hey Greg, what are you listening to?

Greg：

Oh, hey Natalie. I’m listening to Oliver Twist.

Natalie：

Wait... there’s a band called Oliver Twist?

Greg：

No, it’s the book by Charles Dickens. Surely, you’ve read it.

Natalie：(Greg：

Yeah, it’s an audiobook.

Natalie：So, you’re listening to someone read a book to you? (

(a)

)

(b)

) Wouldn’t that befaster?

Greg：

Yeah, I always thought the same thing until I tried an audiobook. You’re right that you canread faster by yourself, but I’ve found that I have much more time to listen than I do to read.
I can listen while I’m on the train or walking to class. Now I can’t stop listening to them, andI’ve been getting through many more books than usual.

Natalie：(

Greg：

Sure, but I can’t while exercising or something like that. I depend on audiobooks especially(c))

when I’m out jogging.

Natalie：Yeah, it would be pretty dangerous to try to read a book while you’re running. But isn’t it
hard to pay attention to the story?

Greg：

It’s usually not so difficult. Actually, it helps me ignore the pain of running.
(

(d)

)

Natalie：

I wonder if audiobooks would help me clean my room. I always hate doing that.

Greg：

Yeah, you should try it! (Natalie：

I wish they could help me get through my homework!

Greg：

That might not work so well. You have to focus on your homework.

Natalie：Don’t you get bored listening to the same voice for hours?

Greg：

It depends on the narrator. They’re professionals, so most of them are quite good at it.
(

(f)

(e)

)

) They’re like voice actors. It’s really interesting to hear one person play

all the roles.

29/224

Natalie：

But I guess if you don’t like the narrator you can’t enjoy the book.

Greg：

Right, that’s happened to me before. And then I can’t listen to any other books read by thesame narrator. But there are usually a few different versions of older books. When I listened
to Crime and Punishment by Dostoevsky, I could choose from three or four different narrators! (Natalie：(g))

But doesn’t it affect your imagination? What I like about reading books is that I can create
the world in my head. I think if you have a narrator doing character voices it might affectyour experience.

Greg：

Yeah, that’s true. It affects you a little bit, but I think some of the best narrators can really
add to the feeling of the story. Some of them really get into it! [オーディオブックを聴くこと
は，本を読む前に映画版を観ることほど悪くないよ。]

Natalie：

Right, I can’t do that. I don’t want to have any fixed image when I start reading a story.
But it’s interesting to see the movie after you read the book. (

(h)

Greg：

I know what you mean. It’s usually completely different!

Natalie：Well, I won’t interrupt your adventures with Oliver Twist any longer. Enjoy!

)

Ⅲ－A 空所(a)～(h)に入るもっとも適切なものを次の 1～10 の中からそれぞれ一つ選び，その番号を解答欄に記入しなさい。同じ選択肢を二度使ってはいけません。選択肢の中には使われないものが二つ含まれています。
1

I can just listen to the story and forget that my legs are tired.

2

Isn’t that by the same author?

3

It’s almost like choosing different translations.

4

Oh, I didn’t really like the movie version.

5 They’re great for anything tedious like that.
6 Well, you can easily read a book on the train.
7 Why not just read the book yourself?
8

You can see how different it is from what you imagined.

9

You’d be amazed to hear one person do lots of different characters.

10

You’re listening to a book?

Ⅲ－B 本文中の[]内の日本語を英語で表現しなさい。

オーディオブックを聴くことは，本を読む前に映画版を観ることほど悪くないよ。

30/224

【１１】2022 同志社大学 2/7,学部個別 政策

文化情報

生命医科

スポーツ健康科

次の会話を読んで設問に答えなさい。

(Felix and Yuko chat over lunch.)

Yuko：

Are you a cat or a dog, Felix?

Felix：

I’m of the species Homo sapiens. And I’m a great ape.

Yuko：

(

Felix：

I also know what you mean. Am I a cat person or a dog person, right?

Yuko：

Of course.

Felix：

Yuko, if you liked me as much as you say, wouldn’t you know the answer?

Yuko：

(

(a)

(b)

) You know how much I like you.

) A dog person would obviously be, well, dog-like. Outgoing, always readyto play around with friends, to join parties, excited, easy to understand.

Felix：

I’m a little shy and hard to figure out. Is that what you’re saying?

Yuko：

Yes. We’ve been friends for two years and there’s a lot I don’t know about you.

Felix：

I seriously doubt that. You figured out I’m a cat person, though I don’t live with one now.

Yuko：

I know. How often have I visited your apartment?

Felix：Plenty of times. I’d love to have a cat. ((c)) I always lived with cats growing

up. I hope to live with one or two again. Two, actually. That’s the best arrangement.

Yuko：

Why? Aren’t cats solitary creatures?

Felix：

They’re certainly independent. Have you ever tried to train a cat to stand up and beg for food?

Yuko：

Ridiculous. Of course I haven’t.

Felix：

I’d say cats train the people they live with. The people they live with don’t train them.

Yuko：

Give me an example.

Felix：

When I was in high school, my family and I lived with two cats.

Yuko：

You mean you had two cats.

Felix：

No, you have a dog, or maybe own one. But you live with a cat.

Yuko：

(

Felix：

Fair to dogs? You’re asking a lot of a cat person. Anyhow, we lived with two cats, as I said.

(d)) Let’s be fair.

And one always came into my room precisely at 11:00 and made an announcement. Me-e-e-o-w.

Yuko：

And what did he mean?

Felix：He meant it was time for me to follow as he hopped over to a very particular rug in the kitchen,

31/224

and then pet him. Give him a thorough rubdown and a scratch behind the ears.

Yuko：

And next?

Felix：

I served him lunch, of course.

Yuko：

(

Felix：

Correct. He also decided when I got up. He’d hop on my bed at 6:00, sort of plant himself on(e))

my chest, and stare at me till I awoke. And it didn’t take long.

Yuko：

You let him get away with that? (Felix：

Then maybe you shouldn’t live with cats.

Yuko：

That reminds me. (Felix：

Ah, that’s easy. First, always adopt two at the same time, preferably when they’re kittens.

(f)

(g)

)

)

[既に猫が住んでいる家庭に新しい猫を入れると，絶対にもめごとが起こるでしょう。] For a while
anyway.

Yuko：

You mean they’re territorial?

Felix：

Yes. ((h)) But adopt two cats, and you watch them develop a sort of secretsociety, talking to one another, pretending to fight, then licking each other clean. I think they
actually conspire.

Yuko：

Look at the clock! I’d better go to class. My teacher hates it when I’m late.

Felix：

She’s a cat. She’s got you trained.

Yuko：

You know that’s not how it works, Felix. And tomorrow I’ll tell you a thing or two about dogs.
There’s a reason we call them “man’s best friend.”

Ⅲ－A 空所(a)～(h)に入るもっとも適切なものを次の 1～10 の中からそれぞれ一つ選び，その番号を解答欄に記入しなさい。同じ選択肢を二度使ってはいけません。選択肢の中には使われないものが二つ含まれています。
1

Are you studying the great apes this semester?

2

But my landlord says: No pets in the building.

3 He decided when to eat, not you.
4

I’d make sure I slept late if I wanted to.

5 The fact that I don’t know tells me you’re a cat person.
6 They’re as attached to places as they are to people.
7 Why haven’t you invited me to your apartment?
8

You do dogs an injustice.

9

You never explained why it’s best to live with two cats, not one.

32/224

10

You’re a very great ape, my friend.

Ⅲ－B 本文中の[]内の日本語を英語で表現しなさい。

既に猫が住んでいる家庭に新しい猫を入れると，絶対にもめごとが起こるでしょう。

33/224

【１２】2022 同志社大学 2/8,学部個別 法

グローバル･コミュニケーション

次の会話を読んで設問に答えなさい。

(Ed Weston runs into Dorothy Lang outside Kyoto Station.)

Dorothy：

Hey, Ed!

Ed：

Dorothy? Is that you? It’s been ages since I saw you. Are you catching a train?
(

(a)

)

Dorothy：Nope. I have some shopping to do in the mall behind the station.

Ed：

When you’re done, go through the station to where they hold exhibitions. In that fancy
department store. There’s a great show up right now.

Dorothy：

Tell me about it.

Ed：

I know you love photography, so it’ll blow you away. It’s a big new exhibition of the photography of Saul Leiter.

Dorothy：

Saul Leiter?

Ed：

You know, the American who used to do fashion photography in New York.

Dorothy：

I’ve heard of him. But I can’t say I know his work. Fashion photography? Not my thing.

Ed：

Leiter was much more than a fashion photographer. And his photographs for fashion
magazines weren’t just ads for Gucci Vuitton, or Yves St. Chanel, or... Wait, what do I know
about fashion? Look at me.

Dorothy：(Ed：

Guilty as charged. But Leiter shot street scenes in New York City for fifty years. He(b)) Not very imaginative.

worked for fashion magazines chiefly to make money. His real achievement was to bringcolor into serious photography.

Dorothy：

Really? Explain.

Ed：

Well, it makes sense to me now. But before I saw this exhibition, I thought great photographers only shot in black and white.

Dorothy：

You mean color photos were for shiny magazines and advertisements?

Ed：

Right. (Dorothy：

Imagine a painter using only black and white. It seldom happens. Sometimes you see(c)) Painters used color, not photographers.

that, but not often.

Ed：

So, if photographers wanted to be taken seriously as artists, they did what painters didn’t.

34/224

They worked in black and white. Until Saul Leiter came along. ((d))

Dorothy：

Of course. My father was born there. He lives there still.

Ed：

Well, you’ll never see New York the same way again once you’ve seen it in Leiter’s photos.
He shoots from all sorts of playful angles, or through windows wet with rain so that everything’s blurry. And what’s most interesting in a photo might be tucked away in the corner.

Dorothy：(Ed：

One of my favorites is a photograph titled “Cheese Shop.” Leiter shoots the photo from(e))

inside the shop through its rain-soaked window. What you notice first is a city bus on thestreet, striped in red and blue.

Dorothy：

How can you tell he’s shooting from inside a cheese shop? Just from the title? That’s notfair play, if the only way you know what the subject of an artwork is comes from its title.
(

Ed：

(f)

)

No, no. [今話題にしている写真を気をつけて見たら，窓の下のほうに二つの単語が見えるんだ。] It has “French Cheese” painted on it. Only you see the letters backwards because,
naturally, the sign faces the street. That’s the way Leiter works.

Dorothy：

You think you’re looking at a blurry picture of a red and blue bus, and then you realizethat you are, you know, sort of standing inside a cheese shop in New York looking out.

Ed：

Exactly. ((g)) Maybe you’re on the way home, picking up some sophisti-

cated cheese to have after dinner. Anyway, once Leiter started getting his photos into galleries, he changed everything.

Dorothy：

Color didn’t belong only to painters anymore.

Ed：

Or to fashion magazines. And he gave us a wild new way to “see” New York City.

Dorothy：

I can shop any time. ((h)) Maybe I’ll find my father in there somewhere.

He loves a good French cheese.

Ⅲ－A 空所(a)～(h)に入るもっとも適切なものを次の 1～10 の中からそれぞれ一つ選び，その番号を解答欄に記入しなさい。同じ選択肢を二度使ってはいけません。選択肢の中には使われないものが二つ含まれています。
1Black and white, well, that was “art.”

2

Give me an example.

3 Have you ever been to New York City?
4

I could photograph your shoe and call it “Mt. Fuji.”

5

I think I’ll go up and see how Saul Leiter saw New York instead.

35/224

6

It happens all the time.

7

Jeans and old T-shirts.

8 Leiter puts you right there.
9

Or taking a trip somewhere?

10

You must have paid a lot for those clothes.

Ⅲ－B 本文中の[]内の日本語を英語で表現しなさい。

今話題にしている写真を気をつけて見たら，窓の下のほうに二つの単語が見えるんだ。

36/224

【１３】2022 同志社大学 2/9,学部個別 神商心理グローバル地域文化

次の会話を読んで設問に答えなさい。

(An American, John, is with his Japanese friend Yukiko in Kyoto. Cherry blossoms have arrived .)John：

Can you explain something to me?

Yukiko：(John：

Cherry blossoms. Of course, they’re lovely, and with them comes spring. But in Japan(a))

cherry blossoms are regarded with... well, I don’t know how to express it. They play a role in
the lives of people that no flower plays in the lives of Americans.

Yukiko：Tell me more.

John：

Take this example ― azaleas. You have those in Japan.

Yukiko：Tsutsuji.

John：

As you say. You find them all over America. They bloom in spring, and indicate the arrivalof the season in a way. People love azaleas enough to plant them in their yards. They enjoy
seeing them bloom. ((b)) Maybe they hang around for two weeks, three at

best.

Yukiko：Get to the point, John.

John：

I’m trying to. There are azalea festivals in some American cities, but not many. There’s nofeeling about them shared by every American. And we don’t put azalea blossoms, or any otherblossoms, on our money. Look at this hundred-yen coin. Right there on the back. Cherry blossoms.

Yukiko：I understand now. You don’t find poems and songs about azaleas in America. Nobody setsout blankets beside azalea bushes in March or April and throws a party, with sake or whatever it is you drink.

John：

Exactly.

Yukiko：You don’t have azalea “light-ups.” ((c)) No one makes metaphors out of

azalea flowers or thinks they teach us anything about life.

John：

Yes! [どうして桜の花が日本文化においてそれほど重要な位置を占めるようになったのか教えてくれる？]

Yukiko：You ask a lot. I might ask you why Americans were once so obsessed with going to the moon.

John：

(

(d)

) I’ve got questions about moon-gazing parties, too. Tsukimi. But let’s

37/224

stick to the Sakura for now.

Yukiko：I’m probably not the best person to ask, but I’ll try. Do you know the Japanese phrase “monono aware”? Or the word “mujō”?
John：

(

Yukiko：Well, If I had to translate mono no aware into English, maybe I’d say, oh, a sweet kind of(e)) I’m a slow learner.

sadness, or maybe a happy-sad feeling about how short-lived beauty is. And mujō? I’d saythat means something like “impermanence.” All things must pass. You find these ideas in
Buddhist traditions, right?

John：

So far as I’m aware.

Yukiko：Well, Japan has Buddhist traditions. (John：A few. A hundred. How many hundreds?

Yukiko：It’s complicated, but stay with me here. The cherry blossom, beautiful and brief, came to be(f))

associated with thoughts about mono no aware and mujō. So, the blossom has a... let’s say aphilosophical significance, not a religious one really. (

John：

(g)

)

So even if you aren’t entirely aware of it, when you gather for hanami parties you’re somehow reminded of these feelings and this history?

Yukiko：That’s right. Older people more than younger ones, I expect.

John：

You’re a good guide. But isn’t it a little strange to put cherry blossoms on money?

Yukiko：(John：

You’re a guide with a sense of irony. I can see how that might have something to do with...

(h)) Actually, that’s an excellent reason to put cherry blossoms on money.

what’s that word again?

Yukiko：Mujō? Indeed, you are a slow learner, John. But a good friend. Join me this September fora tsukimi party and we’ll speak of the moon.

John：

I look forward to that, because when I gaze at the moon, all I think of is the junk we Americans left there.

Ⅲ－A 空所(a)～(h)に入るもっとも適切なものを次の 1～10 の中からそれぞれ一つ選び，その番号を解答欄に記入しなさい。同じ選択肢を二度使ってはいけません。選択肢の中には使われないものが二つ含まれています。
1

And, like cherry blossoms, azalea blossoms don’t last.

2

Because wealth and riches don’t last?

3

Maybe you’ve noticed the temples.

4 Never forget how bad my Japanese is.

38/224

5

Of course. I mastered Japanese years ago.

6

Oh, we’ll get to that.

7 This goes way back, maybe as far as a thousand years.
8 What’s on your mind?
9 Why would you bring up azaleas?
10

You don’t get azalea reports on the nightly news.

Ⅲ－B 本文中の[]内の日本語を英語で表現しなさい。

どうして桜の花が日本文化においてそれほど重要な位置を占めるようになったのか教えてくれる？

39/224

【１４】2022 同志社大学 2/10,学部個別 社会理工

次の会話を読んで設問に答えなさい。

(Naomi sees her friend Ted in a café and sits down with him.)

Naomi：

What’s wrong, Ted? (Ted：

Oh... hey. No, nothing like that. I was just lost in thought.

Naomi：

What are you thinking about?

Ted：

Did you see on the news? Some guy won 200 million dollars in the lottery.

Naomi：

Oh, yeah, I think I saw that. That’s a lot of money.

Ted：

Can you imagine winning that much money suddenly? I’ve just been dreaming about it.

Naomi：

(

(b)

(a)

)

) Have you been thinking about what you would buy? Or maybe youwere just thinking about what you would eat every day....

Ted：

Oh no... I hadn’t gotten that far yet. I was just thinking about my life. I enjoy university,
but if I had that much money, I would never need to work. So, should I drop out of university
too?

Naomi：

Well, what would you do instead?

Ted：

I guess I would travel. ((c)) I could eat pizza in Italy, and then go to Japanfor a nice sushi dinner.

Naomi：

See, you were thinking about food!

Ted：

I just mean life would be like a dream! You could do anything and not have to worry about
when you’ll get paid next. I’d quit my part-time job immediately.

Naomi：

Okay, so... Italy for lunch, then Japan for dinner... you’ve made it through one day. Then
what are you going to do? How long do you think you could keep traveling like that?

Ted：

What? (

Naomi：

Well, sure, I’d have some fun. But eventually you would get tired of it. How old are you now,(d))

20? So, you travel for a few months, and then what would you do for the rest of your life?

Ted：

Yeah, I know you’re right... but I was just fantasizing and not thinking about it realistically.
Let me dream a little. These days I’ve been so busy with my classes. ((e))

Naomi：

Isn’t that what you want to do?

Ted：Yeah, but it’s because I need to earn money. I feel like most decisions in my life now are
based on money. So, if I win 200 million dollars, all I want to do is escape from that.

40/224

Naomi：I understand that feeling, but I think you would still need something to do.
((f)) Traveling and eating isn’t enough unless you somehow turn it into a

career.

Ted：

Of course, we need a purpose, but honestly the word “career” gives me anxiety. People alsoask, “what do you do for a living?” That means how you earn money to live. It’s all aboutmoney.

Naomi：(

Ted：

See, that sounds so much better. That makes me think about a hobby or the pursuit of(g)) What do you do to occupy your time?

knowledge or something like that. That doesn’t make me think about money.

Naomi：

Right, so if you win 200 million dollars, you won’t need a career. But I guarantee that you
will need an occupation.[お金を稼ぐことを考え始める前に，何を夢見ていたか覚えている？]

Ted：

You mean when I was a kid? I wanted to be a professional baseball player.

Naomi：

So maybe you could try that.

Ted：

I’m not good enough, but it would be so much fun to just play every day and try to get better.

Naomi：

So that could be your occupation.

Ted：

Now, all I need to do is win the lottery.

Naomi：((h)) I think you can still find a satisfying “occupation” without winningthe lottery.

Ⅲ－A 空所(a)～(h)に入るもっとも適切なものを次の 1～10 の中からそれぞれ一つ選び，その番号を解答欄に記入しなさい。同じ選択肢を二度使ってはいけません。選択肢の中には使われないものが二つ含まれています。
1 He must have worked hard to save that much money.
2 How did you choose your career?
3

I could go anywhere in the world for as long as I like.

4

I have to finish my computer science degree so that I can get a job somewhere.

5

In the meantime, you should finish your studies.

6

Okay, so how about the word “occupation”?

7 People need a purpose in life.
8

Yeah, that much money would completely change your life.

9

You look like you’ve seen a ghost.

10

You wouldn’t do the same thing?

41/224

Ⅲ－B 本文中の[]内の日本語を英語で表現しなさい。

お金を稼ぐことを考え始める前に，何を夢見ていたか覚えている？

42/224

【解答１】2023 同志社大学 2/4,全学部(理系) 文化情報

理工 生命医科 スポーツ健康科

心理

Ⅲ－A
(a)

4

(b)

2

(g)

7

(h)

8

(c)

6

(d) 10

(e) 1

(f)

3

Ⅲ－B If there is anything as delicious as this lemonade, it would be better to offer it to as many
people as you can.

【解答２】2023 同志社大学 2/5,全学部(文系) グローバル･コミュニケーション
商

政策 文化情報スポーツ健康科

心理

神

文

社会 法

経済

グローバル地域文化

Ⅲ－A
(a)

10

(b)

7

(g)

1

(h)

9

(c)

5

(d) 2

(e) 4

(f)

6

Ⅲ－B It may be interesting to learn various ways to grow plants, but you can enjoy gardening
even if you don’t know all of them.

【解答３】2023 同志社大学 2/6,学部個別 文

経済

Ⅲ－A
(a)

8

(b)

3

(g)

1

(h)

2

(c)

7

(d) 10

(e) 6

(f)

4

(f)

1

Ⅲ－B But there are many books in libraries, so I can get a good stimulus from them.
別解…But libraries inspire me so much because they have various kinds of books.

【解答４】2023 同志社大学 2/7,学部個別 文化情報

スポーツ健康科

政策 生命医科

(d) 5

(e) 9

Ⅲ－A
(a)

2

(b)

4

(g)

10

(h)

8

(c)

3

Ⅲ－B As you grow older, it becomes more difficult to find motivation, so you have to work hard
while you are young.
別解…The older you grow, the more difficult it is to find motivation, so you should try your bestwhen young.

【解答５】2023 同志社大学 2/8,学部個別 グローバル･コミュニケーション
Ⅲ－A

43/224

法

(a)

9

(b)

10

(g)

3

(h)

2

(c)

1

(d) 7

(e) 4

(f)

5

Ⅲ－B The shirt had some flaws but they have made it not only wearable but also even fashionable.
別解…The shirt had some flaws but now you can wear it and it is even stylish.

【解答６】2023 同志社大学 2/9,学部個別 神商心理グローバル地域文化

Ⅲ－A
(a)

9

(b)

10

(g)

7

(h)

5

(c)

6

(d) 4

(e) 2

(f)

3

Ⅲ－B But the professor speaks so fast that I am afraid I have missed many important points.

【解答７】2023 同志社大学 2/10,学部個別 社会

理工

Ⅲ－A
(a)

7

(b)

5

(g)

10

(h)

4

(c)

3

(d) 9

(e) 8

(f)

2

Ⅲ－B I’ve been cooking since yesterday, but I am afraid it won’t be prepared by the time theparty starts.

【解答８】2022 同志社大学 2/4,全学部(理系) 文化情報

理工 生命医科 スポーツ健康科

心理

Ⅲ－A
(a)

3

(b)

1

(g)

6

(h)

9

(c)

7

(d) 4

(e) 2

(f)

8

Ⅲ－B In this kind of novel, authors write about new technologies that will really appear someday.
別解…This type of novel describe new technologies we can actually find in the near future.

【解答９】2022 同志社大学 2/5,全学部(文系) 神康科

心理 グローバル･コミュニケーション

文 社会

法 経済 商 政策 文化情報

スポーツ健グローバル地域文化

Ⅲ－A
(a)

7

(b)

4

(g)

9

(h)

10

(c)

2

(d) 5

(e) 1

Ⅲ－B However hard you practice, if you feel it is fun, you can be sure you are talented.
別解…Practice may be very hard, but you surely have a talent if you can enjoy it.

44/224(f)8

【解答１０】2022 同志社大学 2/6,学部個別 文

経済

Ⅲ－A
(a)

10

(b)

7

(g)

3

(h)

8

(c)

6

(d) 1

(e) 5

(f)

9

Ⅲ－B Listening to audiobooks isn’t as bad as watching a movie based on a novel before readingit.

【解答１１】2022 同志社大学 2/7,学部個別 政策

文化情報

生命医科

スポーツ健康科

Ⅲ－A
(a)

10

(b)

5

(g)

9

(h)

6

(c)

2

(d) 8

(e) 3

(f)

4

Ⅲ－B If you bring a new cat into a home where there is already another cat, you will surely havea trouble.

【解答１２】2022 同志社大学 2/8,学部個別 法

グローバル･コミュニケーション

Ⅲ－A
(a)

9

(b)

7

(g)

8

(h)

5

(c)

1

(d) 3

(e) 2

(f)

4

Ⅲ－B Look carefully at the photo we are talking about now, and you will find two words on thelower part of the window.

【解答１３】2022 同志社大学 2/9,学部個別 神

商 心理

グローバル地域文化

Ⅲ－A
(a)

8

(b)

1

(g)

7

(h)

2

(c)

10

(d) 6

(e) 4

(f)

3

Ⅲ－B Would you tell me how cherry blossoms have got so important a position in Japanese culture?

【解答１４】2022 同志社大学 2/10,学部個別 社会

理工

Ⅲ－A
(a)

9

(b)

8

(g)

6

(h)

5

(c)

3

45/224(d) 10

(e) 4

(f)

7

Ⅲ－B

Do you remember what were you dreaming before you began to think about earningmoney?

46/224

【１】2021 同志社大学 2/4,全学部(理系) 文化情報

理工

生命医科

スポーツ健康科心理

次の会話を読んで設問に答えなさい。

(Two classmates, Jun and Karen, are talking before class.)

Jun：

Hey Karen, can I borrow your notes from last week’s class?

Karen：(Jun：

No, not at all. I had a job interview. I like to participate in the discussions during class. They(a)

) We missed you last week. Were you sick?

help me tie everything together. (Karen：(b))

I actually take notes during the discussions too, so you can read the important parts that you
missed. Here you go.

Jun：

Oh wow! This is great. I can’t believe you type your notes. ((c)) Sometimes I

can’t even read my own handwriting. Are you sure it is OK for me to take these?

Karen：

Yeah, it is fine. I can print another copy for myself later. By the way, how did your interview
go? (

Jun：

(d)

)

It was stressful but I think it went pretty well. The company said they would contact me in
two weeks about their decision.

Karen：

It must be difficult to wait. I would not be able to focus on anything else until I heard back.

Jun：

Yeah, I am the same way. ((e)) Like the test we are having next week in thisclass! I really like this professor, but some of the concepts in this class are too difficult.

Karen：

If you want to study together this weekend, let me know. I plan to study all day Sunday.

Jun：

That sounds good. It will help me take my mind off the job interview. I will send you a message later so we can set up a time to meet.

Karen：

I hate to ask since you are trying to avoid thinking about the interview, but I haven’t had any
interviews yet, so I am curious. (

Jun：

(f)

)

Well, it was at a large international company and the job is related to increasing sales inNorth America. I was worried I may make a mistake speaking English which is a requirement
for the job.

Karen：You shouldn’t worry. (Jun：

I appreciate that but I know I make mistakes sometimes. Anyway, they used a lot of difficult(g))

terms about international trade.

Karen：

Yeah, I can see why that would be stressful. I wouldn’t know what to say in that situation.

47/224

Jun：

Last year, I took a class on international economics, so [面接の中で挙げられたいくつかの話題には，私はなじみがあった。] I also had an internship over the summer at the US Embassy where
I worked on trade promotion. I think I did a pretty good job responding to their questions, but
a couple of times I was not sure what to say.

Karen：I am sure that is OK. After all, if it is a position for recent graduates, you are not expected toknow everything already.

Jun：

Let’s hope so! It looks like class is starting. ((h)) Thanks for the notes. I will

see you on Sunday.

A

空所(a)～(h)に入るもっとも適切なものを次の 1～10 の中からそれぞれ一つ選び，その番号を解答欄に記
入しなさい。同じ選択肢を二度使ってはいけません。選択肢の中には使われないものが二つ含まれています。
1

Do you think you will get the job?

2 Fortunately, I have a lot of free time this week.
3

I usually just use a spare sheet of paper.

4 Let’s go to lunch.
5 Luckily, there are a lot of things to occupy my mind this week.
6

So, I hated to miss this class.

7

Sure, I happen to have a copy in my bag.

8 We should go to our seats.
9 Why was the interview stressful?
10

Your English is amazing!

B 本文中の[]内の日本語を英語で表現しなさい。

面接の中で挙げられたいくつかの話題には，私はなじみがあった。

48/224

【２】2021 同志社大学 2/5,全学部(文系) 神
健康科

心理 グローバル･コミュニケーション

文

社会 法 経済 商

政策 文化情報理工 スポーツ

グローバル地域文化

次の会話を読んで設問に答えなさい。

(Meg arrives at the station where Yuito is waiting.)

Yuito：I am glad you could make it. Shall we go to the restaurant now?

Meg：

Yes, I am starving. I love Indian food, so I am looking forward to trying the restaurant you
suggested.

Yuito：

OK, let’s go. It is one of my favorite places to eat in the city.

(Meg and Yuito begin walking to the restaurant.)

Meg：

This is really far from the station. (Yuito：

I found it on a website that lists restaurants with vegetarian menu options.

Meg：

You are a vegetarian? I would have never guessed. I have known you for a long time, but you(a))

have never mentioned it!

Yuito：((b)) But, I try to limit the amount of meat I eat, and I eat vegetarian foods

when I have the option.

Meg：

I see. If you don’t mind my asking, why do you limit the amount of meat you eat? Is it for
health reasons?

Yuito：

No, it is not a health issue for me. Even as a kid I didn’t like to eat meat. ((c))

So, I didn’t want to harm them. I don’t even kill bugs unless I have to.

Meg：

I knew you love animals. I saw your pictures from Thailand when you worked at the animal
sanctuary.

Yuito：

Yes, I wanted to help save elephants and other animals that are endangered species. I reallyenjoyed my time volunteering in Thailand, but now I am focusing on other ways I can help
animals and the environment when I am at home, like avoiding meat.

Meg：

That is great. But cows and chickens are not endangered species. How does eating less meat
help save elephants?

Yuito：

One thing I learned is that a main factor leading to the endangerment of large mammals,
such as elephants, is the destruction of their natural habitat. One reason the animals’ homes

49/224

are being destroyed is to clear land for cows to graze.

Meg：

I never thought about it like that. (Yuito：

There are many things we can do. [僕たちにできる重要なことの一つは，環境問題と動物の多(d))

様性についての意識を高めることだよ。] When I first became interested in conservation, I focused only on helping elephants and other large mammals.

Meg：

(

Yuito：

That’s right. I still love animals like elephants and whales, but I am thinking more about the(e))

importance of all animals in maintaining balance in the ecosystem.

Meg：

That means we have to care about bugs and other pests?

Yuito：Exactly! Everything lives together in balance. We have to protect all animals even if they are
not cute and even if we think they are gross. All animals play an important role.

Meg：

I think it would be difficult to start a campaign to save spiders.

Yuito：((f)) After all, without spiders there will be too many bugs and those bugs

will damage the plants.

Meg：

I should leave the webs in my house alone then? I don’t want to see a spider!

Yuito：You don’t have to go that far, but you could leave the webs you find in your garden alone.
(

Meg：

(g)

)

I want to help animals but maybe I should start slower. ((h)) Maybe I will

think about living with spiders in the future.

A

空所(a)～(h)に入るもっとも適切なものを次の 1～10 の中からそれぞれ一つ選び，その番号を解答欄に記
入しなさい。同じ選択肢を二度使ってはいけません。選択肢の中には使われないものが二つ含まれています。
1 How did you learn about this place?
2

I have always really loved animals.

3

I know, but spiders are vital.

4 Large mammals are the most expensive then?
5

Most spiders are harmless.

6 Now you no longer focus on large mammals?
7 The taste of meat is too strong.
8 To begin with, I will try the vegetarian lunch.
9 Well, I am not a vegetarian.
10 What else can we do to help protect animals?

50/224

B 本文中の[]内の日本語を英語で表現しなさい。

僕たちにできる重要なことの一つは，環境問題と動物の多様性についての意識を高めることだよ。

51/224

【３】2021 同志社大学 2/6,学部個別 文

経済

次の会話を読んで設問に答えなさい。

(Helen and John are having a garage sale and Kate, a neighbor, has come to browse .)Kate：

What a cool garage sale! I see you are selling some really useful things.

Helen：

Thanks, Kate! When John and I retired, we decided to clear out our house and sell lots of old
things that we don’t use anymore.

John：

(

Kate：

I see what you mean. (John：I expect it is. We all have books we will never read again, old furniture, dishes that we no(a)) Just look at how many unused things we had in our house.
(b))

longer use, the list goes on. Someone else could make good use of them. It’s high time we letthem go.

Kate：

I admire you. [私たちに家の中を整理する時間さえあれば，必要ないものをたくさん処分するのに。] We’ve still got boxes and boxes of toys that our children have grown out of. If we had agarage sale, we could pass them on to others and free some space to enjoy our empty nest.

John：

You should do it. It’s a win-win situation. (Kate：

Tim is gardening ― he’s out there first thing in the morning whenever the sun shines. Oh!

(c))

These are nice plates! How much are they?

Helen：

Those ones with the flower pattern? Oh, they are 6 dollars.

Kate：

I see. Is that the price for each?

Helen：

No, I mean 6 dollars for the set of six.

Kate：

Oh, that’s very reasonable. (Helen：

Well, there is a reason for that. Although they are really pretty, some of them are a bit(d))

chipped. A friend gave them to us when we first moved here. I think her aunt had given themto her. ((e)) They were just gathering dust in the back of the cupboard.

Kate：

OK, I’ll take them please. And what about this old table? How much is that?

John：

Well, you can have that for just 5 dollars. We got a new one recently, so we don’t really needit anymore. ((f)) It has been well used.

Kate：

That doesn’t matter at all. OK, I’ll take that as well please.

John：

Great. I’ll carry it to your house for you later. Is there anything else that catches your eye?

Kate：

Let me see. What’s this book?

52/224

Helen：((g)) I bought it in the 70s and I learned some useful recipes from it, but I

don’t need to follow the written instructions now because I know them by heart. If you want it,
I’ll let you have it for a dollar.

Kate：

What a bargain! So, how much is that altogether then?

John：

Let me see...six plates, the table and the book, that’s six dollars ... and five is eleven ... andone is twelve ...

(He turns his head towards Helen and winks his eye.)Helen：...How about 10 dollars altogether? It’s nice to see them going to a friend.

Kate：

Two dollars discount? How kind you are! It’s a deal! I’ll go home and try one of these recipes
right away. ((h)) Would you like to come around to my house later? We can all

eat freshly baked cakes together in Tim’s garden. We can use your old things!

A

空所(a)～(h)に入るもっとも適切なものを次の 1～10 の中からそれぞれ一つ選び，その番号を解答欄に記
入しなさい。同じ選択肢を二度使ってはいけません。選択肢の中には使われないものが二つ含まれています。
1

Ah, now that is quite a good one.

2

By the way, where is your husband today?

3

I expect you’ll both be tired after all this is over.

4

I wonder whether the neighbors have moved house?

5

I’m sorry it’s not in good condition.

6

It’s the same with our house.

7

My wife has always enjoyed gardening, too.

8

She never used them and, to be honest, neither did we.

9

Spreading them out in the garage like this, it’s quite surprising.

10 They’re much cheaper than I expected.

B 本文中の[]内の日本語を英語で表現しなさい。

私たちに家の中を整理する時間さえあれば，必要ないものをたくさん処分するのに。

53/224

【４】2021 同志社大学 2/7,学部個別 政策

文化情報

生命医科 スポーツ健康科

次の会話を読んで設問に答えなさい。

(Two colleagues, Stella and Daisuke, meet by chance at the park. )Stella：Hey Daisuke, I am surprised to see you here so early! How are you?

Daisuke：Good morning, Stella! I am great. It is beautiful out today. I always walk my dog aroundthe park before work. Today, we stayed a little longer than usual to enjoy the nice weather.

Stella：I guess that is why I don’t usually see you. (Daisuke：

You exercise every morning? I think that explains why you look so awake and happy in(a))

the morning meeting.

Stella：I try. (Daisuke：

I wish I could develop a habit of exercising every morning. What do you do in the park?

(b)) So I look forward to mornings like this.

Do you jog?

Stella：I jog a little bit just to warm up but I always find it boring.

Daisuke：

I agree, it is hard for me to stick with a running routine. (Stella：Yeah, I know what you mean. Everyone is different. Some people really love taking long(c))

runs, but I am just not one of those people.
((d)) You should try it if you are looking for a new exercise program.

Daisuke：No way! I am too old for that. (Stella：I originally thought the same thing, but I actually haven’t had any injuries from running(e))

fast. On the other hand, I often suffered minor injuries from running long distances. Of
course, you need to take some precautions.

Daisuke：

Precautions? Like stretching?

Stella：Yes, you should stretch every time you run. But more importantly, you have to warm up.
To warm up, you begin by running at 50%, then at 75%, and finally at 90% of your top speed.
After you are warmed up properly, you can try running at your maximum speed.

Daisuke：That makes sense. (Stella：Yeah, it is the same idea. I have one more tip for avoiding injury but you may not like it.

Daisuke：OK, this is probably going to be something I don’t want to hear.

Stella：Just hear me out before you make up your mind. When I ran on the track team in high(f))

school, my coach always made us run up hills. [彼女は厳しすぎると私はずっと思っていたけ

54/224

ど，後になってみれば，それは怪我を避けるための素晴らしい方法だと分かったの。] It prevents you from extending your leg too far. (Daisuke：(g))

That sounds like too much work. Maybe running is not for me. I think I will stick towalking my dog for exercise.

Stella：A

That is fine too. ((h))

空所(a)～(h)に入るもっとも適切なものを次の 1～10 の中からそれぞれ一つ選び，その番号を解答欄に記
入しなさい。同じ選択肢を二度使ってはいけません。選択肢の中には使われないものが二つ含まれています。
1

I always come at this time to exercise before work.

2

I am sure I would just get injured.

3

It is best to exercise at night.

4

Make sure you run on a flat surface.

5 Now, I run short distances as fast as I can.
6

Sometimes, I skip my morning routine if it is too cold or raining.

7 Taking a walk in the morning is a great way to start the day.
8 Usually, I do it for a few weeks then give up.
9 When I played baseball, we always warmed up before games.
10

You should try running on a slope.

B 本文中の[]内の日本語を英語で表現しなさい。

彼女は厳しすぎると私はずっと思っていたけど，後になってみれば，それは怪我を避けるための素晴らしい方法だと分かったの。

55/224

【５】2021 同志社大学 2/8,学部個別 法

グローバル･コミュニケーション

次の会話を読んで設問に答えなさい。

(Naomi is visiting her friend, Bernard, in his hometown in the United States.)

Naomi：

I can’t believe I am finally here. That was a really long flight.

Bernard：

We are still about 40 minutes from downtown so your trip is not over yet.
(

(a)

)

Naomi：

That sounds expensive! Can we use public transportation instead?

Bernard：

It is a little expensive but there is no train and the bus routes are complicated. Let’s goout this exit.

Naomi：

Oh wow! It is really hot out here even though it’s February, and the air feels heavy.
(

Bernard：(b))

Yeah, that is the humidity. It is always like this here. Unfortunately, I don’t think you
will get used to it. But at least it will be cool in a taxi.

Naomi：

OK, a taxi is sounding better and better. I don’t care how much it costs! As soon as we getto the hotel, I will change into some cooler clothes.

Bernard：Yeah, that is probably a good idea. ((c)) But we won’t go to your hotel

right away. Since today is a special holiday, I want to stop by a parade first.

Naomi：

I didn’t know today is a holiday.

Bernard：

Today is the last day before the start of a religious fasting season. After today, we aresupposed to avoid certain foods and celebrations for 40 days. (Naomi：(d))

That sounds fun, but are you going to start fasting tomorrow? I had hoped to try a lot of
new foods on this trip.

Bernard：Don’t worry. ((e)) Nowadays, the rules for fasting are not as strict. Somepeople avoid eating meat on Fridays, but we still celebrate the day before the start of fasting
every year.

Naomi：

I see. (Bernard：Well, some people make fancy floats and dress up in costumes so it is fun to watch. Also,(f))

they throw beaded necklaces. You can try to see how many necklaces you can catch.

Naomi：

They throw necklaces? I should have visited here before.

Bernard：Don’t get too excited. They are just plastic beads. Their colors are traditionally gold, green,

56/224

and purple which symbolize power, justice, and faith, respectively.

Naomi：

No fancy jewelry, got it. What do you do with the beads after the parade?

Bernard：[それは人によってそれぞれだけど，ビーズは翌日に外すことになっているんだ。] Some people save them for next year. But I guess most people probably either lose them or throw
them away.

Naomi：(

Bernard：Yeah, I agree. One city not far from here throws chocolate and cookies instead of beads.

(g))

Next year, I can take you there.

Naomi：

I would like that. But don’t worry, I am glad to see your hometown first. What else are
we going to do?

Bernard：Well, after the parade, I thought we could try some local food and listen to live jazz. This
area is considered the birthplace of jazz. Tomorrow, I will take you out of the city and into
the countryside.

Naomi：

You are taking me into the country! What can we do there?

Bernard：

We can ride up the river on a boat. I think you will like it. ((h)) You justneed to be careful about mosquitos.

A

空所(a)～(h)に入るもっとも適切なものを次の 1～10 の中からそれぞれ一つ選び，その番号を解答欄に記
入しなさい。同じ選択肢を二度使ってはいけません。選択肢の中には使われないものが二つ含まれています。
1

I am already sweating!

2

I am not going to fast.

3

So today, we have a big party.

4 That sounds a little wasteful.

5 That will take too long.

6 We have to catch a taxi.

7 We will see lots of animals.

8 What happens at the parade?

910

You are dressed for winter.

B 本文中の[You can get warmer clothes.

]内の日本語を英語で表現しなさい。

それは人によってそれぞれだけど，ビーズは翌日に外すことになっているんだ。

57/224

【６】2021 同志社大学 2/9,学部個別 神商心理グローバル地域文化

次の会話を読んで設問に答えなさい。

(A customer, Harry, enters a bank. The cashier is behind the counter. The manager comes later. )Cashier：

Good morning! How can I help you today?

Harry：

Well, I tried to draw out some money from the ATM, but my card was rejected. I thinkit’s broken.

Cashier：

Which do you think is broken, the ATM or the card?

Harry：

The card. (Cashier：

Can I see it please?

Harry：

Certainly, here it is. Sorry, it’s a bit dirty as well.

(a))(Harry hands over the card to the cashier.)

Cashier：

Hmm. This card does seem to be quite damaged. In fact, if you look at it closely, there isa long crack running from one side of the card to the other. It’s almost split into two parts.
(

(b)

)

Harry：

Yes. Please do that.

Cashier：

Could you tell me your full name and date of birth please?

Harry：

Yes, certainly. My family name is Topple. I’m Harry Topple, and I was born on April 1st,
2003.

Cashier：Thank you. Right. ((c)) Hmm. Please wait a moment. I had better havea word with the manager.

(The cashier goes to the back office and, after a few minutes, returns with the manager.)Manager：Mr. Topple, we noticed that today is the third time this year that we have had to order a
new card for you. Each time it is for the same reason. ((d)

Harry：

What do you mean?

Manager：Well, are you doing something in your daily life that is unusual? (Harry：

Well, I’m in a butterfly catching club, and I do some sports.

58/224)(e))

Manager：I see. What sports?

Harry：

Well, I tried basketball and tennis, but lately I’ve been getting into skateboarding.

Manager：

I see that you have always been a very active person. (Harry：

About a year ago.

Manager：Aha. And is it easy?

Harry：

Not at all. It’s very difficult indeed. I’m not good at it yet, so I still fall down a lot. Some-(f))

times it really hurts.

Manager：

I see, and generally speaking, where do you usually put your card?

Harry：(

Manager：Aha. I wonder if that might be the reason that you keep breaking your card. [カードを入(g))

れておくためのポケット付きのシャツを着たほうがいいかもしれませんよ。]

Harry：

Oh, yes. What a good idea!

Manager：Well, we’ll order you a replacement card for free this time, but please try to be careful inthe future. (Harry：(h))

Don’t worry. I’ll do my best not to fall over from now on, and to keep my card out of harm’sway.

A

空所(a)～(h)に入るもっとも適切なものを次の 1～10 の中からそれぞれ一つ選び，その番号を解答欄に記
入しなさい。同じ選択肢を二度使ってはいけません。選択肢の中には使われないものが二つ含まれています。
1 For example, what are your hobbies?
2

I have just typed that into my computer.

3

I keep it in the pocket of my pants.

4

I would like to open an account.

5

If it happens again, we will have to charge you.

6

I’m afraid it may have gotten bent out of shape.

7 Let me order a new one for you.
8

May I ask how your cards keep getting broken?

9

Maybe I should lend you some money.

10 When exactly did you start skateboarding?

B 本文中の[]内の日本語を英語で表現しなさい。

カードを入れておくためのポケット付きのシャツを着たほうがいいかもしれませんよ。

59/224

【７】2021 同志社大学 2/10,学部個別 社会理工

次の会話を読んで設問に答えなさい。

(Two employees, Sally and Jake, have been working late at the history museum. Their boss, Caroline,

suddenly comes into the room.)

Caroline：Ah, good. I’m glad to see that you two are still here.

Sally：We have just finished checking our work. (Caroline：

Of course you were, but I need to ask you a favor. Can you possibly work more overtime?

(a))

There is a sudden emergency. I am hoping that you can both help me right away.

Jake：

What’s the problem, Caroline? (Caroline：

No, it’s not that bad ― in fact it’s actually quite exciting ― but it is an urgent matter.
(

(c)

(b)

)

)

Sally：

Oh? Tell us more.

Caroline：

I have just received a call on my mobile phone from Delia, my assistant, and she told methat something very surprising had happened.

Jake：

Go on...

Caroline：

She had received a call from the secretary of a famous professor in Egypt.
((d)) He recently saw a drawing of a tiny statue from our museum, in avery old book. He wants to take a closer look at the real thing. [彼はそれが自分の研究にとって重要になるだろうし，古代の謎を解く鍵にすらなるかもしれないと思っている。]

Sally：How exciting! Who is this professor?

Caroline：

His name is Eden Mauve.

Jake：

The eminent Professor Mauve? Is he coming here?

Sally：

Oh wow! ((e)) He’s one of the world’s most respected researchers in thefield of Egyptology!

Caroline：

Well, it is indeed exciting news, but it’s also a little bit scary.

Jake：

Why do you say that?

Caroline：

Because of the timing. He has had a conference cancelled in a nearby city and so he hassome unexpected free time. He now plans to come here tomorrow morning at 9 o’clock.

Sally：

Oh, my goodness! There’s no time to lose. (Caroline：

Well, of course, the main priority is to make sure that he can access the object, but ―60/224(f))

and here’s the problem ― I have no idea where it is. I asked some former staff if they knew
where it was. It seems that nobody has seen it for years.

Jake：

We must try to locate it as soon as possible. (Caroline：

But the archive room is full of thousands of things and they are all piled up in dusty boxes,
some without labels on. (

(h)

(g)

)

)

Jake：

That’s OK. I can stay as long as it takes.

Sally：

So can I. You are staying too, aren’t you, Caroline?

Caroline：

Of course. Let’s work as a team. I’ll get the keys! Who wants to go first?

A

空所(a)～(h)に入るもっとも適切なものを次の 1～10 の中からそれぞれ一つ選び，その番号を解答欄に記
入しなさい。同じ選択肢を二度使ってはいけません。選択肢の中には使われないものが二つ含まれています。
1

Do you know the way to the museum?

2

Don’t you want to sleep here?

3

It must be in the archives in the basement.

4

It seems he wants to visit us here.

5

It sounds like something terrible has happened.

6

It’s something that needs our immediate action.

7

I’m afraid it could take all night to find it.

8 That’s a dream come true.
9 We were getting ready to go home.
10 What do we need to do first?

B 本文中の[]内の日本語を英語で表現しなさい。

彼はそれが自分の研究にとって重要になるだろうし，古代の謎を解く鍵にすらなるかもしれないと思っている。

61/224

【８】2020 同志社大学 2/4,全学部(理系) 文化情報

理工

生命医科

スポーツ健康科心理

次の対話を読んで設問に答えなさい。

(Heidi arrives slightly late to a public lecture and sits down next to Miguel. )Heidi：

Goodness! I’m glad it hasn’t started. I was so afraid I was going to be late.

Miguel：Well, I think you are late. But they just announced that there’s going to be a ten-minutedelay.

Heidi：((a)) I’m so excited! I’ve never seen Timothy Truffle before, but I’ve been a

fan of his for years.

Miguel：I think most people here are in the same position. ((b)) Isn’t it amazingthat he’s not even on YouTube? Apparently he did make a few appearances on television in
the past, but that was over twenty years ago.

Heidi：(

Miguel：Oh yes, definitely! My parents moved to the United States seventeen years ago, when I was(c))

fifteen. Professor Truffle’s book Living in English had just come out then. [僕が新しい文化に慣れようとしていたときに，あの本はとても助けになったんです。] Have you read many of his
books?

Heidi：

Yes! ((d)) My parents gave me What Teenagers Want to Know (And Are

Afraid to Ask) for my fourteenth birthday, and it really helped me get through my teenage
years. ((e)) I thought his last book, Reality in an Age of Virtual Reality, wasa masterpiece. It changed my thinking about many aspects of life.

Miguel：I’ve heard a lot of people say the same thing. It’s going to be amazing to see him. I wonder
what he looks like?

Heidi：

I’ve heard he’s enormous, but still manages to move gracefully, rather like a sumo wrestler.

Miguel：((f)) Someone told me that he’s tall and very slim and eats just one meal aday, mostly tofu and vegetables.

Heidi：

Wow! Well that’s a Reality in an Age of Virtual Reality sort of puzzle. Who can you believe?

Miguel：Well we’re about to find out. ((g))

Public Announcement：
Ladies and Gentlemen, we sincerely apologize for the disappointment, but we’ve just learned
that Professor Truffle is unwell today, so he is unable to give his talk, “Fruit Symbols in

62/224

Spanish Cinema.” We will reschedule the lecture as soon as possible and everyone with a ticket
for today’s event will automatically be invited to the rescheduled talk. Once again, we offer
our sincere apologies.

Miguel：Oh well! The mystery continues!

Heidi：

Yes, what a shame. I just hope they reschedule it on a date when I’m free.

Miguel：Me too. Shall we exchange email addresses? Then, if one of us can’t make it, we can always
send a report to the other.

Heidi：

A

(

(h)

)

空所(a)～(h)に入るもっとも適切なものを次の 1～10 の中からそれぞれ一つ選び，その番号を解答欄に記
入しなさい。同じ選択肢を二度使ってはいけません。選択肢の中には使われないものが二つ含まれています。
1

About six I think.

2

I don’t know how I missed it.

3 Lucky me, then.

4

So you’re obviously a fan!

5 That’s a great idea!

6 That’s not what I heard!

7 That was the only occasion.

8 Then later I sort of followed his career.

9 They’ve never actually seen him.

10

B 本文中の[You know, for ourselves.

]内の日本語を英語で表現しなさい。

僕が新しい文化に慣れようとしていたときに，あの本はとても助けになったんです。

63/224

【９】2020 同志社大学 2/5,全学部(文系) 神
健康科

文心理 グローバル･コミュニケーション

社会 法 経済 商

政策 文化情報理工 スポーツ

グローバル地域文化

次の対話を読んで設問に答えなさい。

(Maya is eating lunch in the university cafeteria early on in Fall Semester .)Carolyn：

Excuse me. Is this seat taken? May I sit here?

Maya：

Yes, sure.

Carolyn：This cafeteria is so full!! Is it always like this?

Maya：

No, only at this time of day when morning classes have just ended. [ここに 10 分早く着いていたら，もっと簡単に席を見つけられたでしょうに。]

Carolyn：Wow, your English is perfect. (Maya：

I spent last semester at the University of Winnipeg in Canada. Have you heard of it?

Carolyn：

Of course. I’m from Toronto. I’ve never been to Winnipeg, but I’ve always wanted to go.

(a)) Why is it so good?

There’s a train you can take from there that goes all the way up to Hudson Bay.

Maya：

That’s the Winnipeg-Churchill train, isn’t it? ((b)) It was closed for a year

and a half because floods damaged parts of the track in 2017. I managed to make the trip lastDecember, just after it reopened and just before I had to return to Japan.

Carolyn：

You went in December? You must have seen polar bears.

Maya：

Yes, lots. (Carolyn：Mine, too! I rode the TGV in France and the ICE in Germany last summer. Actually, one(c)) Traveling by train is my hobby.

of the reasons I wanted to study in Japan is because I wanted to ride the Shinkansen.

Maya：

The Shinkansen is great, but you’ll be surprised at how expensive the tickets are. When I
go to Tokyo, I usually take the overnight bus.

Carolyn：((d)) I flew into Narita and took the Shinkansen down here. It was amaz-ing. The cost is comparable to other high-speed trains. I can’t wait to do it again.

Maya：

You found it “amazing”? (Carolyn：

Well you know when you take a long-distance train in North America or Europe, it seems(e))

like a really big deal. The trains look big and heavy, and they don’t come as often as the
Shinkansen. (

Maya：

(f)

)

I never thought of that. Next you need to go to China and check out the Shanghai Maglev
and the Fuxing Hao. They are the two fastest trains in the world.

64/224

Carolyn：

I would love to do that! (Maya：

No, I prefer slow trains, but both of those are on my list. High-speed rail is going to become
more and more important. (

(g)

(h)

)

)

Carolyn：

Yes! Trains leave a much smaller carbon footprint than airplanes.

Maya：(Lifting her plastic cup of tea.) Here’s to trains, the transportation of the future!

Carolyn：(Lifting cup.) To trains!

A

空所(a)～(h)に入るもっとも適切なものを次の 1～10 の中からそれぞれ一つ選び，その番号を解答欄に記
入しなさい。同じ選択肢を二度使ってはいけません。選択肢の中には使われないものが二つ含まれています。
1

Because of global warming.

2 That’s a different train!
3

But they are very polluting.

4

Actually, I’ve already taken the Shinkansen!

5

Shinkansen trains are stylish, and they come and go just like commuter trains.

6

But that’s not the main reason I wanted to go.

7 Have you ridden either of them?
8

I didn’t expect that!

9

I took it!

10 What was so great about it?

B 本文中の[]内の日本語を英語で表現しなさい。

ここに 10 分早く着いていたら，もっと簡単に席を見つけられたでしょうに。

65/224

【１０】2020 同志社大学 2/6,学部個別 文

経済

次の対話を読んで設問に答えなさい。

(Yuriko sees Matthew, a foreign exchange student, on a Japanese university campus. )Yuriko：Excuse me! () (Pointing.) Plastic bottles go in that bin.

Matthew：

I know, but that bin is completely full, so I just thought...

Yuriko：I know it’s a pain, but still, you shouldn’t put plastics in with paper and burnable items.

(a)It’s the future of the planet we’re talking about, after all!

Matthew：

You’re quite right, of course, and I’m glad you stopped me.

Yuriko：((b)) What am I supposed to do with this bottle?

((c)) For now, at least. Why not think about reusing it? Isn’t that what

we’re encouraged to do nowadays?

Matthew：

It’s annoying, but OK. I’m just amazed at the number of plastic bottles in Japan.
((d)) I’m Matt by the way.

Yuriko：I’m Yuriko. Nice to meet you Matt.

Matthew：

Nice to meet you. By the way, your English sounds amazingly good.

Yuriko：Thanks! English was my best subject in high school, but I really improved a lot when I
had a year studying in England, before I started university here.

Matthew：

Good for you! (Yuriko：What do you mean?

Matthew：[君のように英語を話すのが上手な人たちばかりに会っているから，僕の日本語は全然上達し(e))

ないんだよ。]

Yuriko：Should I switch to Japanese then?

Matthew：

This conversation will end pretty quickly if you do, Yuriko!

Yuriko：You know in England, I had this amazing English teacher called Professor Truffle. He
told me I should watch an English language movie every single day. I sometimes missed a
day during the week. ((f)) It was a huge help. Of course I learned a whole

lot about British and American culture along the way.

Matthew：

I’ve heard of Truffle! Isn’t he the guy who wrote a book called Living in English?

Yuriko：That’s right! I love that book! It tells you what to say in all sorts of situations ― including,for example, when you see someone putting a plastic bottle in the wrong bin!

66/224

Matthew：

Really? You’ve got to be kidding!

Yuriko：(Laughing.) Yes, I am. ((g)) But Professor Truffle does have a section on“What to do if you see a crime being committed.”

Matthew：

Really?

Yuriko：As well as fun stuff, like “How to tell when someone is romantically attracted to you.”Matthew：(Blushing.) Really?

Yuriko：(Matthew：

Yes, sure, Yuriko.

Yuriko：Be sure to bring your bottle!

A(h)) Are you free for lunch?

空所(a)～(h)に入るもっとも適切なものを次の 1～10 の中からそれぞれ一つ選び，その番号を解答欄に記
入しなさい。同じ選択肢を二度使ってはいけません。選択肢の中には使われないものが二つ含まれています。
1

But I could catch up at the weekend.

2

Just throw it away.

3 Well, you may have to keep it with you.
4 They need to make the bottles bigger.
5

It’s not quite that specific.

6 That doesn’t go there.
7

I’m sure it would be good to use less.

8

But still, the problem remains.

9

I wish the same thing would happen to my Japanese.

10

I’d like to continue this conversation.

B 本文中の[]内の日本語を英語で表現しなさい。

君のように英語を話すのが上手な人たちばかりに会っているから，僕の日本語は全然上達しないんだよ。

67/224

【１１】2020 同志社大学 2/7,学部個別 政策

文化情報

生命医科

スポーツ健康科

次の対話を読んで設問に答えなさい。

(Yuko and Grace, her homestay sister, are walking back to Grace’s family car after attending a Minor
League baseball game in a small city in the U.S.A.)

Grace：

So, how did you enjoy the game?

Yuko：

It was lots of fun, especially the singing. We sing at Japanese baseball games, too.

Grace：(

Yuko：

Well, I’ve only been to a game once, and in the middle of the seventh inning, what we call(a))“Lucky 7,” they played the visiting team’s song, and their fans sang along. Then, before the hometeam batted, the home team’s song was played, and their fans sang along to that. After eachsong, the fans released balloons!

Grace：

Wow. That sounds cool.

Yuko：

(

Grace：In America we don’t call it “Lucky 7.” We call it the “Seventh Inning Stretch.” It’s a time to(b))

stand up, stretch our arms and legs. The song is, “Take Me Out to the Ball Game.” It’s about
how much fun it is to go watch a baseball game and eat peanuts, Cracker Jack, and stuff like
that.

Yuko：

What’s Cracker Jack?

Grace：

It’s an old-fashioned snack food. ((c)) I think it’s mostly caramel corn andpeanuts.

Yuko：

So let me get this straight. You eat peanuts and caramel corn AND more peanuts?
(

Grace：(d))

Yeah, especially peanut butter. Most American families have a jar of peanut butter in thehouse somewhere. Many American kids say PB & J, or “peanut butter and jelly,” is their favorite
food. My dad used to eat it every night before going to bed. (

Yuko：

(e)

)

Actually, I’m from Chiba, the peanut capital of Japan! [でもそれほど多くは栽培されてなくて，
ほとんど日本の消費者に売られてるの。] ((f)) My dad says they go well with beer

because the taste lingers in your mouth a long time.

Grace：

What about you?

Yuko：

I think peanuts are OK, but they are not my favorite. What about you?

68/224

Grace：((g)) I can’t even eat foods that were processed in a factory if peanuts areprocessed there, too. If I eat just a little bit, my eyes swell up. If I were to eat a whole peanut, I
would have trouble breathing and have to be taken to the hospital. That’s why my father doesn’t
eat them anymore.

Yuko：

That sounds really bad. So no Cracker Jack for you, then.

Grace：

(

A

(h)

)

空所(a)～(h)に入るもっとも適切なものを次の 1～10 の中からそれぞれ一つ選び，その番号を解答欄に記
入しなさい。同じ選択肢を二度使ってはいけません。選択肢の中には使われないものが二つ含まれています。
1

I’m allergic to them!

2 What about in Japan?
3 That’s OK because I like potato chips myself.
4 They are mostly eaten as snacks in Japan.
5 The peanuts are different here.
6

Americans must really like peanuts!

7 Let’s sing together.
8 What was that song we sang during the “Lucky 7”?
9

It’s been around like, forever.

10 What do you sing?

B 本文中の[]内の日本語を英語で表現しなさい。

でもそれほど多くは栽培されてなくて，ほとんど日本の消費者に売られてるの。

69/224

【１２】2020 同志社大学 2/8,学部個別 法

グローバル･コミュニケーション

次の対話を読んで設問に答えなさい。

(John, a tourist, finds the English section in a Japanese bookstore. Keiko is reading a book there.)John：

Oh good, here are some English books.

Keiko：

I’m sorry there’s only a small section, but, you know, not so many Japanese people buy English
books.

John：

Please don’t apologize! (Keiko：

You’ll find mainly popular novels, introductions to Japan, biographies, and books about poli-(a)) What’s more, it looks bigger than I expected.

tics and international topics.

John：

(

(b)

) I just want something to read on the train while I’m travelling around

Japan. What have you got there, if I may ask?

Keiko：(Holds up the book.) It’s Timothy Truffle’s book, Incredible Japan. Ever since I started studying English seriously, I’ve been fascinated with the things foreigners write about my country.

John：

It sounds like the sort of book I should read while I’m here. (He picks up a copy and reads fromthe back cover.) “One of the best books on Japan this century. Truffle explores the heart of thisfascinating, mysterious, Asian country.” ((c)) But goodness me, look at theprice! 3,200 yen for a paperback.

Keiko：

Yes, I’m afraid all the English books here are quite expensive. You would find them muchcheaper online.

John：

Then I’m surprised the Japanese still use a bookstore like this.

Keiko：((d)) Don’t you think? Of course, a store like this can’t sell at the same low

prices as huge international companies that sell everything online. But it’s so nice to be able tocome in here and actually open up the books and look inside.

John：

Yeah, I know what you mean. I didn’t support my local bookstore back home much.
((e)) Now I feel guilty! I suppose there are millions of people like me. [ほんの少しのお金を節約しようとして，私たちは地元の小さなお店をつぶしてしまっているんだ。] Yet they
make our communities lively and interesting.

Keiko：

I’m glad you agree! I feel strongly about this. And so often these savings are really insignificant.
Think about how much it’s cost you to come to Japan. ((f)) Even if you do pay

an extra 1,000 yen for Timothy Truffle’s book, it’s just a tiny, tiny fraction of your total budget!

70/224

John：

Wow! ((g)) So, do you mean we should think about every purchase in termsof our larger expenditure?

Keiko：

Yes! People should think much more about how their use of money shapes the world around
them.

John：

Well, I’ll do something for this store and pay 3,200 yen for this copy of Incredible Japan!

Keiko：

(

A

(h)

)

空所(a)～(h)に入るもっとも適切なものを次の 1～10 の中からそれぞれ一つ選び，その番号を解答欄に記
入しなさい。同じ選択肢を二度使ってはいけません。選択肢の中には使われないものが二つ含まれています。
1

You are missing my point.

2

But it would be tragic if they didn’t!

3

I’m impressed there is an English section.

4

I mean, flights, hotels, trains, meals, and so on.

5

I’m not looking for anything in particular.

6 Wow, that’s a good recommendation!
7

I know that book.

8

But when it closed I felt really sad.

9

I never really thought about it like that before.

10

And I’m buying one too.

B 本文中の[]内の日本語を英語で表現しなさい。

ほんの少しのお金を節約しようとして，私たちは地元の小さなお店をつぶしてしまっているんだ。

71/224

【１３】2020 同志社大学 2/9,学部個別 神商心理グローバル地域文化

次の対話を読んで設問に答えなさい。

(Honolulu. 8 AM. Yukio Suzuki has used a smartphone application to request a taxi to pick him up at

his homestay family’s house.)

Driver：Hi. Yukio Suzuki, right? I’m Carl.

Yukio：

Yes. Hi. I want to go to the University of Hawaii, Manoa campus.

Driver：I’ve got all that right here. (Yukio：

Okay, good. And that’ll cost me $5.40? That’s cheaper than I expected. I thought it would be(a))

at least $10.

Driver：Yes, cheaper than a regular taxi. (Yukio：

Today’s the first day of my study-abroad program. We get our bus passes today. But actually(b))

I’ve never called a taxi like this before, so I installed the app to see how it works.

Driver：Well, ask me anything!

Yukio：

Anything? Okay.... (Driver：My wife and I just had a baby. I wanted to do something where I could set my own hours so(c))

I can be around to take care of my daughter.

Yukio：

That’s great. My father was always too busy. [子供のときに，お父さんが，僕ともっと一緒に時間を過ごしてくれたらよかったのになあ。] (Pointing to a photo.) Is that her picture there?

Driver：Yes. She’s five months old today. Plus, you know my last job was doing data entry for an
insurance company. The money was good, but it was just me and my computer in a room all
day long. I really like talking to people, and in this job that can actually earn me a higher rating.

Yukio：(

Driver：After I drop you off, you’ll get an email from the taxi company asking you to rate how much(d))

you enjoyed the ride, from one to five.

Yukio：

Really? I’m supposed to rate the quality of our conversation?

Driver：Along with other things. And I get to rate you, too.

Yukio：You get to rate me?

Driver：Yeah. Because sometimes there’s a difficult passenger. ((e)) If passengers

give you a hard time, you can give them a bad rating. That number shows up on the screen thenext time they request a ride. Drivers have the right to refuse to pick up someone with a bad

72/224

rating.

Yukio：

That seems fair. ((f)) Just out of curiosity, how are you going to rate ourconversation today?

Driver：Oh, I always give my passengers a five, unless they are really bad. I’ll definitely give you 5stars.

Yukio：

Thank you. I’ll give you 5 stars, too. (Driver：Thanks for saying that. Here we are at your destination. (Yukio：

Thanks a lot.

A

(g)

)
(h)

)

空所(a)～(h)に入るもっとも適切なものを次の 1～10 の中からそれぞれ一つ選び，その番号を解答欄に記
入しなさい。同じ選択肢を二度使ってはいけません。選択肢の中には使われないものが二つ含まれています。
1 How did you get into this business?
2

I hope your stay in Hawaii goes well!

3

I rate you and you rate me.

4

I used to take the bus.

5

It’s about a 10-minute drive from here.

6 Not every day, but it happens.
7 The bus is even cheaper, though.
8

You’ll get a low rating as a bus driver.

9

You were really easy to talk to.

10 What do you mean?

B 本文中の[]内の日本語を英語で表現しなさい。

子供のときに，お父さんが，僕ともっと一緒に時間を過ごしてくれたらよかったのになあ。

73/224

【１４】2020 同志社大学 2/10,学部個別 社会

理工

次の対話を読んで設問に答えなさい。

(Jane is climbing Mt. Hiei, and meets Mr. Kato, a middle-aged photographer, close to the top.)

Mr. Kato：

Good morning!

Jane：

Morning!

Mr. Kato：

You are nearly there! Well done!

Jane：

Thank you. How much further is it to the top?

Mr. Kato：

About 500 meters. (Jane：

What? Why?

Mr. Kato：

Well, up there it’s all built up. You know you can even drive to the top.
(

Jane：

(b)

(a)

) I don’t recommend going to the top.

) (Pointing.) The best views are this way.

But what’s the point of making all this effort to climb a mountain and then not even getting to the top?

Mr. Kato：((c)) It’s true, when I was your age, I would have said the same thing.

But when I worked in America years ago, I saw a TV show about mountaineering.
(

(d)

)

Jane：

Wow! How did it do that?

Mr. Kato：

It was about the reasons why people climb mountains. And they had this British professoron the program called Timothy Truffle. He said, “Mountains are not made to be conquered.
They are made to give us new points of view.” As soon as he said it, I felt it was true.

Jane：

(

(e)

) So you mean he was saying we should climb to gain new perspec-tives?

Mr. Kato：

Exactly. [私は山に登るという経験をして，前には気付かなかった自然の美しさが見えるようになったんですよ。] Now I’m a photographer. Here is a picture I took just now.

Jane：

(

Mr. Kato：

In a way, yes.

Jane：

So if I do change my mind about getting to the top, and take this path you’re recommend-(f)) And this is all because of what this Truffle guy said?

ing, where will it take me?

Mr. Kato：

According to one of Japan’s old Zen philosophers, if you know where a path is going, you
shouldn’t take it.

74/224

Jane：(Laughing.) I’m not sure that’s very practical. I have a train to Tokyo to catch tomorrow!

Mr. Kato：

You are quite right, of course. So to answer your question, this path will take you straightacross to the Enryakuji Temple complex ― a huge number of historic and beautiful buildings. Keep looking left, as you follow the path. (

Jane：

(g)

)

It sounds very tempting. But I think I’ll pop up to the top first, just to say I’ve done it, you
know. Then I’ll come back to this point and head across to the Riakuji Temple.

Mr. Kato：

No, it’s Enryakuji.

Jane：

Whoops! (Mr. Kato：

Enjoy the rest of your day!

Jane：

Thank you! And it was really nice meeting you!

A

(h)

)

空所(a)～(h)に入るもっとも適切なものを次の 1～10 の中からそれぞれ一つ選び，その番号を解答欄に記
入しなさい。同じ選択肢を二度使ってはいけません。選択肢の中には使われないものが二つ含まれています。
1

I’d better practice saying that.

2 That’s a good question!
3 He also converted me.
4

It seems he had quite an impact on you.

5 Plus you really can’t see much up there.
6

But I should give you my honest opinion.

7

It changed my way of thinking.

8

You’ll get the most amazing views.

9 That’s the most amazing photo I’ve ever seen!
10

It’s just impossible to get there.

B 本文中の[]内の日本語を英語で表現しなさい。

私は山に登るという経験をして，前には気付かなかった自然の美しさが見えるようになったんですよ。

75/224

【１５】2019 同志社大学 2/4,全学部(理系) 文化情報

理工

生命医科

スポーツ健康科心理

次の対話を読んで設問に答えなさい。

(Two university students, John and Kaori, are talking about their classes.)John：

Hey, Kaori. How are you enjoying your classes this year?

Kaori：

They’re OK, I guess. ((a)) I wanted to take an educational psychology course,

but too many students had already signed up. I heard that the “Learning through Games” classis really enjoyable.

John：

Yeah, it sure is. I took it last semester. In almost every single lesson, we played games. It
was awesome.

Kaori：(

John：

Well, that’s the whole point of the course, really. It’s designed to teach us the importance of(b)) Games are fun, but are they going to help me graduate and get a job?

playing for learning and succeeding. [ゲームをやり終えた後で，ぼくらは教授にそれらを分析させられたものだったよ。] You know, we’d break them down into their objectives, their rules, andthe strategies for winning. And, of course, we’d discuss what these specially-selected games
potentially teach the players.

Kaori：

What do you mean by “specially-selected”?

John：

In other words, the professor chooses games that encourage different types of thinking, suchas logical thinking or creative thinking. She does an excellent job of explaining the relationshipbetween games and thinking. (Kaori：(c))

Yeah, I’ve heard she’s an exceptional teacher, too. Give me an example of something shetaught you.

John：

(

(d)

) Right from when we are born, we seek things that stimulate our brains.

Simple games, such as “peek-a-boo,” interest a young child’s mind through repetition, noise,and fun.

Kaori：“Peek-a-boo”? What’s that?

John：

I think it’s called “inai-inai-baa” in Japan.

Kaori：

Oh yeah, I know what you’re talking about now. ((e)) Isn’t it just a silly gamethat parents enjoy?

John：Oh, no. In fact, it teaches children that objects do not disappear when they cannot be seen.
By playing the game they are learning about this thing called “object permanence.”

76/224

Kaori：Wow, interesting. What else did you learn?

John：

Well, let’s see. ((f)) These more challenging activities help us learn things

such as teamwork and problem-solving skills. But then, for some reason, we are gradually encouraged to stop playing games. ((g)) We are taught that most games are child-

ish and not beneficial for learning.

Kaori：

But that isn’t true at all, according to what you’ve been saying.

John：

Right. And that’s why the professor is so passionate about the topic. She’s hoping that she
can convince the next generation of teachers ― people like you and me ― that games do havea place in the classroom.

Kaori：

Speaking of classrooms, wasn’t that the bell for the next period?

John：

Was it? (Kaori：

Bye. And thanks for the information.

A(h)) See you, Kaori.

空所(a)～(h)に入るもっとも適切なものを次の 1～10 の中からそれぞれ一つ選び，その番号を解答欄に記
入しなさい。同じ選択肢を二度使ってはいけません。選択肢の中には使われないものが二つ含まれています。
1

She is an expert in psychology, after all.

2

Sorry, I’ve got to rush off to “History of Education” now.

3

She focuses on them too much.

4

But does it actually teach babies anything?

5 They slowly become associated with time wasting.
6 Well, for one thing, we are attracted to games from birth.
7

But did you learn anything?

8 Those baby toys are expensive.
9

I couldn’t select all the ones I wanted to.

10 When we grow older, we play more complicated games.

B 本文中の[]内の日本語を英語で表現しなさい。

ゲームをやり終えた後で，ぼくらは教授にそれらを分析させられたものだったよ。

77/224

【１６】2019 同志社大学 2/5,全学部(文系) 神ツ健康科 心理グローバル･コミュニケーション

文

社会 法 経済 商

政策 文化情報理工 スポー

グローバル地域文化

次の対話を読んで設問に答えなさい。

(Michael and Takuro are co-workers in an American company.)

Michael：Hi Takuro. Beautiful day, isn’t it? I just love this time of year.

Takuro：Hi there. (Michael：Now that you mention it, I suppose I am. It’s probably because I just finished my daily(a))

meditation.

Takuro：Meditation? I didn’t know that you were into that kind of thing. In fact, I would have neverguessed. ((b))

Michael：What do you mean by that?

Takuro：Well, my image of people who meditate is that they’re very calm and drink herb tea andwear a lot of clothes made of natural fibers. Not that there’s anything wrong with that. But
that’s not you.

Michael：Oh, those are just old stereotypes. ((c)) Even my father has tried it, andyou know how conservative he is.

Takuro：He has? Your father?

Michael：It’s true. I don’t think he had the patience to stay with it, though. ((d))

They get restless and their mind starts to think about daily things.

Takuro：That would be my problem for sure. I don’t think I could clear my mind for that long. I’m
always worrying about this or that.

Michael：I admit it was hard for me, too, when I first started out. It shouldn’t be that difficult to juststop thinking, but it was! It took me about three tries before I could empty my mind of all
thoughts. ((e)) Even now, though, there are some days when I just can’t turnmy brain off.

Takuro：What do you do on those days?

Michael：((f)) I just do my best until the time’s up. Even then, I usually feel betterand more relaxed, so it’s always effective to some degree.

Takuro：It kind of reminds me of the “zazen” meditation we do in Japan. Although that’s usually
done in temples. So it’s probably a bit different.

78/224

Michael：

Yeah, here it’s not normally tied to any religion. In fact, scientists and psychiatrists actually
recommend it for good mental health. And recently there’s been a trend of businesspeopleusing meditation to be more successful in the corporate world.

Takuro：(Michael：It’s true, though. Even a lot of presidents of large companies meditate these days. [重大な(g))

決断をするとき，集中を保つのに瞑想は役立つらしいよ。]

Takuro：

So why did you start doing it?

Michael：Certainly not for business success! A friend of mine had been meditating for years, and I
always used to tease her about it. But she kept encouraging me to try and eventually I did.

Takuro：Does that mean you think I should be next?

Michael：

(

A

(h)

) It can’t hurt to try once!

空所(a)～(h)に入るもっとも適切なものを次の 1～10 の中からそれぞれ一つ選び，その番号を解答欄に記
入しなさい。同じ選択肢を二度使ってはいけません。選択肢の中には使われないものが二つ含まれています。
1

Although you and your father fit the stereotype.

2 Well, I don’t give up!
3

It’s hard for some people to just sit doing nothing.

4 Why are you in such a positive mood today?
5

All kinds of people do meditation these days.

6 Well, why not?
7

I finally just gave up.

8 Now I find that hard to believe!
9

You don’t really seem like that type.

10

But I eventually learned to do it.

B 本文中の[]内の日本語を英語で表現しなさい。

重大な決断をするとき，集中を保つのに瞑想は役立つらしいよ。

79/224

【１７】2019 同志社大学 2/6,学部個別日程 文

経済

次の対話を読んで設問に答えなさい。

(Andrea and Jessica are walking through an art museum.)

Andrea：Ah, now we’re entering my favorite part of the museum ― the Impressionist paintings.

Jessica：

The Impressionists?

Andrea：You know, the group of 19th-century painters in Paris, like Claude Monet and Pierre-Auguste Renoir.

Jessica：Oh right. (Andrea：I’m surprised to hear that. I thought everyone liked their work.

Jessica：

Well, not everyone. Although I think the paintings are pretty, they don’t really impress me.

(a))

They’re colorful but a little shallow, in my opinion. I think I prefer deeper, more realistic art.

Andrea：((b)) It’s not just about painting with pretty colors. Many of the Impres-sionists were fascinated with the complexity of natural forms and the relationship between
light and shadow.

Jessica：

Maybe. But it seems to me that the colors are all wrong. I mean, natural light doesn’t look
like it does in these paintings. From my perspective, many of them don’t seem as if they werepainted by professionals. (Andrea：(c))

Ah, but they were not meant to be realistic at all. Instead of painting exact copies of traditional subjects, the Impressionists tried to capture an essential idea about the subject andthe feeling of the environment.

Jessica：

I understand your point. ((d)) For example, there’s a lot of feeling in thework of older artists, like Leonardo da Vinci. His work is full of wonderful detail and a senseof the human spirit.

Andrea：Of course, and his work is brilliant. But older artists were also more...formal. Before the
Impressionists, there were rather limited ideas about what subjects were appropriate forpainting and the type of technique that should be used. ((e))

Jessica：

How so?

Andrea：Well, first of all, artists started painting outside of their studios much more. Take thispainting by Monet, for example. It’s of a train station in Paris.

Jessica：

(

(f)

)

80/224

Andrea：That may be true, and many people at the time would have agreed with you. But for Monet,
it was an unexplored place in art. [彼が出てくるまで，誰もそんな日常の光景に焦点を当てなかったのよ。] So even though the subject might be “boring” to you, for him it was new andexciting.

Jessica：

I suppose. But I still think it all seems very unrealistic.

Andrea：That’s why they’re called “Impressionists.” These painters were fascinated with how ourmind captures images, or impressions, especially at different times of day. Monet painted thistrain station more than ten times, and in each one the environment is a little different.
((g)) Each time he tried to capture the particular impression of that moment,even if it wasn’t always realistic.

Jessica：((h)) But I just don’t think I can appreciate them. So, shall we move on?

What’s in the next gallery?

Andrea：A

The Post-Impressionists, of course!

空所(a)～(h)に入るもっとも適切なものを次の 1～10 の中からそれぞれ一つ選び，その番号を解答欄に記
入しなさい。同じ選択肢を二度使ってはいけません。選択肢の中には使われないものが二つ含まれています。
1

It’s a rather boring subject for a painting.

2

Sometimes it was cloudy, and sometimes sunny.

3

It’s as if the painters didn’t have the skill to make them look realistic.

4

I’m not really a fan of them.

5

But professionals do not paint realistically.

6

I understand everything you’re saying.

7 That all changed when the Impressionists came along.
8

But isn’t that what artists have historically done?

9

Other painters liked to paint train stations, even if he didn’t.

10

But these do have depth.

B 本文中の[]内の日本語を英語で表現しなさい。

彼が出てくるまで，誰もそんな日常の光景に焦点を当てなかったのよ。

81/224

【１８】2019 同志社大学 2/7,学部個別日程 政策

文化情報

生命医科

スポーツ健康科

次の対話を読んで設問に答えなさい。

(Shinpei and Zak are roommates living near an American university.)

Shinpei：

Hi Zak. Packing for your trip home for Thanksgiving?

Zak：

Oh, hi Shinpei. Yes, but there’s not too much to pack. Mostly just clothes that need to be
washed. ((a)) What about you? Are you going anywhere for the Thanksgiving

holidays?

Shinpei：

I haven’t decided yet, but I certainly hope so. Last year I stayed here during the holidays,
and it was just too quiet. Like you, almost everyone goes home, so it can be pretty boring.

Zak：

Yeah. It sounds like it could be lonely.

Shinpei：((b)) Fortunately, some of the other international students were stillaround, so at least I had people to eat with. But all the shops shut down, so there’s nothingmuch to do.

Zak：Well, wherever you go, that’ll probably be a problem. At least on the day of Thanksgiving.
The next day, however, is a different story. Black Friday is the biggest shopping day of theyear.

Shinpei：((c)) I have to buy some new clothes and supplies, so I need to go some-where where there are a lot of shops and department stores.

Zak：

(

(d)

) You probably won’t find many good options here in our little college

town. If shopping is your main goal, it’s better to head to the big city. Even though myhometown is not too small, my family still takes a two-hour trip to the nearest city to shop
every year during the sale season.

Shinpei：

It sounds like you’re really dedicated shoppers, just like me. But I’m still a little confused
about why this day in particular is the biggest shopping day. ((e)) Wouldn’t

it make more sense that the biggest shopping day is just before Christmas Day?

Zak：

I suppose. But the end of Thanksgiving marks the beginning of the Christmas season.
That’s why all the shops and cafés start playing Christmas music on Black Friday. Everyone
looks forward to Christmas, so Black Friday gives them an excuse to go shopping early.

Shinpei：Well, whatever the reason, I love it too. Some of the bargains are really incredible. And
there’s not only Black Friday. ((f)

82/224)Zak：

Yeah. In fact, some of those online sales are even better than in the shops. But if your nextquestion is how that shopping day started, I can tell you right now I have no idea.
((g)) I guess the answer might be the online shops chose that day to competewith Black Friday.

Shinpei：(Zak：

Is that right? [人はどこに住んでいようと，買い物をする口実を持ちたがるのだろうね。]

A(h)) There are some big sales on that day in Japan too.

空所(a)～(h)に入るもっとも適切なものを次の 1～10 の中からそれぞれ一つ選び，その番号を解答欄に記
入しなさい。同じ選択肢を二度使ってはいけません。選択肢の中には使われないものが二つ含まれています。
1

Oh, it wasn’t too bad.

2

I can understand why you’d want to.

3

And anyway, I’ll only be gone for a few days.

4 Why the Monday after Thanksgiving?
5

I don’t celebrate Christmas.

6

As a bonus, now there’s Cyber Monday too.

7

Cyber Monday is not only popular here.

8

Yes, that’s what I’m really looking forward to.

9

But Cyber Monday is kind of a waste of time.

10

Christmas is still over a month away.

B 本文中の[]内の日本語を英語で表現しなさい。

人はどこに住んでいようと，買い物をする口実を持ちたがるのだろうね。

83/224

【１９】2019 同志社大学 2/8,学部個別日程 法グローバル･コミュニケーション

次の対話を読んで設問に答えなさい。

(Two friends, Tracey and Johanna, are having lunch together in a cafe. )Tracey：Wow! That lady over there is really dressed up. (Johanna：

Um, I think so. It looks valuable whatever it is. I wish I had some beautiful jewelry. It(a))

must feel kind of special to own something like that.

Tracey：Yeah, but to be honest, I couldn’t wear one because I’d always be worried about losing it.
(

Johanna：(b)) I’d really be too scared to wear it outside the house.

Not me. ((c)) I’d always be showing it off to my friends. So, anyway,

what’s your most precious possession?

Tracey：Well, I don’t own anything worth a lot of money, so I guess it would have to be something
personal. Something like the family photos in my room. ((d))

Johanna：Yes, they’re great pictures.

Tracey：My younger brother and sister collected them and gave them to me for my birthday lastyear. ((e)

) Being young, they don’t have a lot of money to spend on presents,

so it was smart, too.

Johanna：

Nice idea. I’ll have to remember that one. How did they put the present together exactly?

Tracey：First, they spent a lot of time going through all of our photos on the computer and printing
out the ones they liked. ((f)) And, finally, my whole family wrote messages

to me in the middle of the poster before they wrapped the whole thing up. So, what’s themost valuable thing you own?

Johanna：Well, my car is the most expensive thing I have, but it doesn’t hold much sentimental
value for me. I worked hard and saved up to buy it, but it’s just a car. ((g))

I’m not that attached to it.

Tracey：What? Really? Please don’t. I love that car.

Johanna：

Ha-ha. Don’t worry. I don’t plan on selling it anytime soon. [でも私の生活からその車が消えてなくなっても，そんなにがっかりしないだろうな。] For me, it’s just something to use to
get from one place to another.

Tracey：Don’t you own anything that you would be sad to lose?

Johanna：Well, I do have a teddy bear that I got from my grandma when I was five years old.

84/224((h)) I wouldn’t like to lose it because it always reminds me of her.

Tracey：Maybe you could pass it on to your kids one day?

Johanna：Yeah, maybe I will. Although I really wish I could give them some diamond jewelry as
well.

A

空所(a)～(h)に入るもっとも適切なものを次の 1～10 の中からそれぞれ一つ選び，その番号を解答欄に記
入しなさい。同じ選択肢を二度使ってはいけません。選択肢の中には使われないものが二つ含まれています。
1

I’d never take it off!

2 Then, they arranged them in a pattern.
3

It’s cute, with buttons for eyes and a little red jacket.

4

It was a really thoughtful gift from them.

5

One day, I’ll sell it and buy a better one.

6 Next, they wrapped it in colorful paper.
7

Is that a diamond necklace she’s wearing?

8

You know the ones on the wall beside my bed?

9

I’d have to keep it locked up all the time.

10 When is she going to a party?

B 本文中の[]内の日本語を英語で表現しなさい。

でも私の生活からその車が消えてなくなっても，そんなにがっかりしないだろうな。

85/224

【２０】2019 同志社大学 2/9,学部個別日程 神商心理グローバル地域文化

次の対話を読んで設問に答えなさい。

(Two friends, Emma and Ryota, are out on a hike.)Emma：

How about we stop and take a break here? There’s a nice spot under those trees over there
where we can sit.

Ryota：

Sounds good to me. Is it much farther to the top?

Emma：

I’d say we’re now about halfway there. We’ve only been walking for an hour, and this hikeusually takes me about four hours round trip.

Ryota：

Wow, I didn’t realize it would take that long. My legs are already getting tired.
(

Emma：

(a)

)

Don’t worry, the hardest part is already done. The trail flattens out after this, so I’m sure
you’ll be fine. In the meantime, we’d better have some of the sports drink I brought. It’s pretty
hot today, so we need to keep drinking fluids.

Ryota：((b)) They’re sweet and they look fake, with those bright artificial colors. Do

you have any plain water instead?

Emma：

(

(c)

) I’m usually not a big fan of the flavors either, but when you’re working

hard on a day like today water alone is not enough. Your body is also losing important nutrients,
like salt and other things, which sports drinks have and water doesn’t.

Ryota：

Well, you’re the expert. And now that you mention it, I am starting to feel a little thirsty.

Emma：

I knew you would sooner or later.

Ryota：(

Emma：

Well, I’ve never really counted, but I’ve probably done it several dozen times over the last few(d))

years.

Ryota：

Really? I didn’t realize you were such a serious hiker!

Emma：

(

(e)

) In fact, 10 years ago I barely hiked at all, and most of my hobbies were

things like reading and cooking that didn’t involve much physical activity.

Ryota：(Emma：

It was really a mix of things. First, I moved to this area where there are a lot of parks and(f))

natural areas, whereas the place I lived before was mostly urban. At the same time, I realized
I needed to be more active because I wanted to lose some weight. It just seemed like the right

86/224

hobby at the right time.

Ryota：

I find that hard to believe. (Emma：Maybe while you’ve known me, but I wasn’t always this way. In fact, I used to look quite(g))

different.

Ryota：You mean you used to look the way I look now?

Emma：

Oh no, much worse. [たとえ私の昔の写真を見たとしても，たぶん私だとはわからないでしょう
ね。] And anyway, it’s not as if you’re so out of shape!

Ryota：

I hope you’re right. But we can always get better. That’s why I’m here with you today!

Emma：

(

Ryota：

I suppose. Though I think my legs feel otherwise.

A

(h)

)

空所(a)～(h)に入るもっとも適切なものを次の 1～10 の中からそれぞれ一つ選び，その番号を解答欄に記
入しなさい。同じ選択肢を二度使ってはいけません。選択肢の中には使われないものが二つ含まれています。
1

All right, but I’m not really a fan of those.

2You’ve always been so thin.

3

So, have you hiked this trail much before today?

4

So, does that mean you’re ready to keep going?

5

I hope I can make it all the way.

6

I’m glad you aren’t.

7 No, only this.
8 Those sports drinks are my favorite.
9

So, what turned you onto hiking?

10 Well, it wasn’t always my hobby.

B 本文中の[]内の日本語を英語で表現しなさい。

たとえ私の昔の写真を見たとしても，たぶん私だとはわからないでしょうね。

87/224

【２１】2019 同志社大学 2/10,学部個別日程 社会

理工

次の対話を読んで設問に答えなさい。

(Sally’s parents are discussing her birthday present.)

Mother：Well, I can’t believe it, but next Saturday is Sally’s eighth birthday. What should we get
her for a present this year?

Father：I’m not really sure, to be honest. She’s growing up so fast it’s hard to keep track of what
she likes. ((a))

Mother：What? No, of course not! She outgrew those years ago.

Father：How about a bike?

Mother：

The one she has now is perfectly fine if you could just raise the seat a bit higher for her.

Father：Yeah. ((b)

) You know, I’ve actually been thinking about giving her one ofthose smartphones for kids. [そうしておけば，サリーはどこにいようと，いつでも好きなときにぼくたちに連絡できるよね。] What do you think?

Mother：((c)) I was really hoping not to give her any kind of online technology for

as long as possible. You know how people talk about all those potential problems once kids
get on the internet.

Father：Sure. But the type of phone I’m thinking of is one that has strong parental controls andvery limited features. It doesn’t even have a screen. (Mother：That sounds interesting. How does it work exactly?

Father：Well, first, we program safe contacts into it. (

(d)

(e)

)

) Then, we set a password

that prevents Sally or anyone else from changing those numbers. Basically, she would only
be able to call us with it. The other great thing about those phones is that they have a GPSfunction, so our phones can trace her phone to wherever it is.

Mother：

Are they expensive? They definitely sound expensive.

Father：They don’t cost too much. We can afford one.

Mother：I guess it would make things a bit safer for her now that she has tennis practice until lateon Wednesday nights. ((f)) Sometimes I worry, you know. It’s quite dark by

the time she finishes those things. I guess it’ll make us both feel better.

Father：I think it will also make her feel pretty grown up. I know that one of her friends has a phone,and Sally’s always talking about it.

88/224

Mother：

There is one small problem, though.

Father：What’s that?

Mother：(Father：To be honest, I’m more worried that she’ll want to have another birthday party like last(g)year. (

) Ever since she stopped liking pink, I have no idea what she likes.

(h)) And the noise? We had 15 kids running around our house forthree hours! I’m surprised our neighbors didn’t leave town.

A

空所(a)～(h)に入るもっとも適切なものを次の 1～10 の中からそれぞれ一つ選び，その番号を解答欄に記
入しなさい。同じ選択肢を二度使ってはいけません。選択肢の中には使われないものが二つ含まれています。
1

Do you remember the mess?

2

It is a bit high.

3

And she has a dance class on Friday evenings.

4

I’ll fix it this weekend.

5 What color phone will we get her?
6

And it definitely doesn’t allow her internet access.

7

You know, like my number and yours.

8

I know which color to get her.

9

I’m not sure about a phone for an eight year old.

10

Does she still play with dollhouses?

B 本文中の[]内の日本語を英語で表現しなさい。

そうしておけば，サリーはどこにいようと，いつでも好きなときにぼくたちに連絡できるよね。

89/224

【２２】2018 同志社大学 2/4,全学部(理系) 文化情報

理工

生命医科

スポーツ健康科心理

次の対話を読んで設問に答えなさい。

(Keiko is a member of a volunteer guide organization. She and Jane, a first-time visitor to Japan, arediscussing a walk Keiko has planned in Kyoto.)

Jane：

Keiko, this will be my first visit to Kyoto. Where shall we go?

Keiko：

There are so many places to go. Is there anything in particular you are interested in?

Jane：

Not particularly. I’ll just leave it up to you.

Keiko：(

Jane：

I’m a good walker.

Keiko：

One of my favorite routes is in the northwest of Kyoto. We can start off at Ryoan-ji. It is a(a))

very famous Zen temple with a very famous rock garden.

Jane：

Did you say Zen? ((b)) Along with history I studied a little bit of religion inschool.

Keiko：

Then it’ll be a perfect start for you. It’s a UNESCO World Heritage Site. We can then moveon to Kinkaku-ji.

Jane：

I’ve heard of that. Isn’t that the Golden Pavilion?

Keiko：

Yes, you’re right. It also is a World Heritage Site. The gold on the Golden Pavilion is quite
brilliant on a bright sunny day. It, too, has a very nice garden that is very different from thefirst one we’ll see.

Jane：

I’m looking forward to it.

Keiko：The temple was the subject of a book by Yukio Mishima. (Jane：No, but maybe I’ll read the book after seeing the temple.

Keiko：

(

(d)

(c)

)

) It is a complex of temples closely associated with the Japanese tea cer-emony.

Jane：

Sounds good.

Keiko：

There is a sub-temple of Daitoku-ji I am especially fond of. It’s called Koto-in. It is really
beautiful in the fall when the leaves are changing color, but I think it is great all year around.

Jane：

(

Keiko：

With the new leaves just out it should be very green.

Jane：

I can’t wait. Maybe somewhere along the way we could get something to eat.

(e))

90/224

Keiko：There is a quiet, cozy tea house right near Koto-in. They have traditional, local teas withJapanese sweets.

Jane：

(

Keiko：[その後，もし時間があれば，ほとんどの人が知らない隠れた場所に行きましょう。]

Jane：Oh, really? That sounds exciting. (Keiko：Have you ever heard of a book called The Tale of Genji?

Jane：

No, I’m afraid not. I hadn’t heard of the previous book you mentioned either.

Keiko：

A lot of people consider it the world’s first novel. It was written in the 11th century by a

(f)

)

(g)

)

woman named Murasaki Shikibu. Her tomb is near Daitoku-ji. Not many people know about it.

Jane：

I hope I can survive. (Keiko：

Not really. Maybe five kilometers.

Jane：

Well, it sounds like a long day, so we should get going.

Keiko：

Away we go!

A

(h)

)

空所(a)～(h)に入るもっとも適切なものを次の 1～10 の中からそれぞれ一つ選び，その番号を解答欄に記
入しなさい。同じ選択肢を二度使ってはいけません。選択肢の中には使われないものが二つ含まれています。
1 Have you ever heard of it?

2 How do you feel about walking?

3 How would it be this time of year?

4

I kind of have an interest in that.

5

I’m already getting hungry.

6

It sounds like a lot of walking.

7

Oh, the weather will be terrible.

8 Then we can go on to Daitoku-ji.

9 What place is that?

B 本文中の[10 Why don’t we just take a taxi?

]内の日本語を英語で表現しなさい。

その後，もし時間があれば，ほとんどの人が知らない隠れた場所に行きましょう。

91/224

【２３】2018 同志社大学 2/5,全学部(文系) 神ツ健康科 心理グローバル･コミュニケーション

文

社会 法 経済 商

政策 文化情報理工 スポー

グローバル地域文化

次の対話を読んで設問に答えなさい。

(John Wright is a Canadian man on a visit to London. He is talking with a clerk at the front desk of ahotel.)

Clerk：

Good morning, sir.

John：

Good morning. My name is John Wright and I checked into my room yesterday.

Clerk：How can I help you, Mr. Wright?

John：

I have a big problem. It still has not arrived!

Clerk：(John：

My suitcase! It has still not arrived from the airport. The airline could not find my suitcase.

(a))

They told me that they would locate and deliver it here last night, but I still do not have it. I
have an important event to attend tomorrow!

Clerk：(John：

Yes, this is the number for the airline’s baggage service.

Clerk：

I see. [電話してスーツケースがどうなったのか調べる間，しばらくお待ちいただけますか。]

John：

Thank you.

Clerk：[Returns to the front desk after calling] I’m very sorry, Mr. Wright, but it seems that the(b))

airline cannot find your suitcase.

John：

Oh, no! ((c)) I must not miss the event tomorrow, and there are things in thesuitcase that I need for it.

Clerk：The hotel will be able to supply you with most things you may need until the suitcase arrives.

John：

(

Clerk：

Excuse me, sir?

John：

A suit and a ring! I am getting married tomorrow. I have come from Canada to marry my(d))

fiancée. She’s working in London. I already have a great problem because a friend back in Canada who was going to witness the wedding ceremony became sick and could not come to London
with me. And now this!

Clerk：

I see, sir. This is clearly a very difficult situation for you. (John：I appreciate your concern, but how can you possibly help me?

92/224(e))

Clerk：I see that we wear approximately the same size clothes. Tomorrow is my day off, and I am
wearing, as you can see, a formal black suit. I think we can solve one of your problems.

John：

(

Clerk：

Yes, sir. In addition, I could also attend your ceremony as your witness. As I just mentioned,(f))

I am free all day tomorrow.

John：

I am lost for words. (Clerk：

What time does the ceremony take place, sir?

John：

It will begin at two o’clock in the afternoon in a church near here.

Clerk：

Then I will arrange for my suit to be sent to your room tomorrow morning after breakfast,(g))

Mr. Wright.

John：

Thank you so much! But hold on! The ring! I can’t get married without a wedding ring.

Clerk：

There is a reasonably-priced jewelry shop a short walk from here, sir. I think you could pickup a suitable ring on the way.

John：

The service in this hotel is incredible. (Clerk：

Thank you very much, sir.

A

(h)

)

空所(a)～(h)に入るもっとも適切なものを次の 1～10 の中からそれぞれ一つ選び，その番号を解答欄に記
入しなさい。同じ選択肢を二度使ってはいけません。選択肢の中には使われないものが二つ含まれています。
1

Are you offering me the use of your suit?

2

But not with a black suit and a wedding ring, I think.

3

But perhaps I can assist you.

4

Do you have a telephone number for the airline, sir?

5

I gladly accept your kind offer.

6

I’m going to recommend it to all my friends.

7

I’m sorry, sir, but I don’t understand.

8 Perhaps I can go instead of you.
9 What am I going to do?
10 Where am I going to stay?

B 本文中の[]内の日本語を英語で表現しなさい。

電話してスーツケースがどうなったのか調べる間，しばらくお待ちいただけますか。

93/224

【２４】2018 同志社大学 2/6,学部個別日程 文

経済

次の対話を読んで設問に答えなさい。

(Two roommates, Mary and Paula, are talking as they eat breakfast.)

Mary：

Oh no! I don’t believe it!

Paula：

What is it, Mary? (Mary：

I’ve just realized what the date is today! It’s the 13th, and it’s a Friday! I can’t possibly fly to(a))

Paris today.

Paula：Oh, Mary. You don’t believe that nonsense about Friday the 13th being an unlucky day, do
you?

Mary：

(

(b)

) I never make a journey on Friday the 13th. In fact, I don’t go out at all

if possible on that day.

Paula：

I think you’re over-reacting. ((c)) I suppose you think that black cats are

unlucky, too.

Mary：

Well, yes, I do. I guess I’m superstitious, but in my family everyone is. None of my relatives
will ever walk under a ladder, and of course it’s awful if someone breaks a mirror. That means
there’ll be seven years of bad luck.

Paula：Oh, Mary, don’t tell me you believe that nonsense! I suppose you will say next that you also
believe that it’s possible to predict the future. You know, by reading the palm of your hand.

Mary：It’s not nonsense! Didn’t I tell you about how my mother first met my father?

Paula：(

Mary：

Don’t laugh. This is a true story.

Paula：

Go on. (Mary：

Well, when my mother was 22, she visited a palm reader. This person told my mother many

) [Giggling] But it sounds like it’s going to be interesting.

(d)

(e)

)

things that were true.

Paula：

And?

Mary：

The most important thing she told my mother was that the very next day she would meet theman whom she would marry.

Paula：

Really?

Mary：

Yes! She told her that the man who would be sitting next to her in the train the following
morning would become her husband.

94/224

Paula：(Mary：

Yes! He asked her if he could open the window. They started a conversation and soon realized(f))

that they liked each other. Eight months after that they were married.

Paula：

That’s an amazing story, but I don’t believe any of this nonsense. I think it was just a coincidence that they met on the train. It’s a superstition like Friday the 13th.

Mary：

But how could the palm reader be so sure about that encounter on the train? Wouldn’t you
like to know about your future marriage, Paula?

Paula：

Well, yes, I suppose I would. But it’s impossible.

Mary：

(

Paula：

We could, just for fun, but I won’t believe a word of what I hear.

Mary：

I know, but it would be interesting to know if you are going to have a similar encounter,(g))

wouldn’t it?

Paula：[Smiling] (Mary：Good. It’s agreed, then. We’ll go next week. [信じようが信じまいが，将来誰があなたの夫にな(h))

るかわかるわね。]

Paula：A[Laughing] What nonsense!

空所(a)～(h)に入るもっとも適切なものを次の 1～10 の中からそれぞれ一つ選び，その番号を解答欄に記
入しなさい。同じ選択肢を二度使ってはいけません。選択肢の中には使われないものが二つ含まれています。
1

And that man turned out to be your father?

2

But I don’t care!

3 Hey, why don’t we visit a palm reader?
4

I love Paris this time of year.

5

I promise not to laugh.

6

It’s just a superstition.

7 No, you didn’t.
8 Perhaps.
9 What’s wrong?
10

Yes, I do.

B 本文中の[]内の日本語を英語で表現しなさい。

信じようが信じまいが，将来誰があなたの夫になるかわかるわね。

95/224

【２５】2018 同志社大学 2/7,学部個別日程 政策

文化情報

生命医科

スポーツ健康科

次の対話を読んで設問に答えなさい。

(Two friends, Paul and Susie, are at a rugby match.)Paul：

How are you enjoying watching your first rugby match, Susie?

Susie：

Yeah, it’s great. I love being outside on such a beautiful day and the atmosphere is fantastic.
(

Paul：

(a)

)

Well, it’s a pretty big game for these two teams. Whichever team wins will go into the finals
series starting next weekend.

Susie：

And just remind me, which team do you support again, Paul?

Paul：

(

(b)

) Look at the shirt I’m wearing. The blue team, of course. It’s my old

university team!

Susie：Ha ha. Yes, I know. I was just kidding. You never stop talking about your old rugby team. So
anyway, I’ve been meaning to ask, why don’t you play rugby anymore?

Paul：

(

(c)

) I hurt my right knee in my last year at university and it hasn’t healed

fully. I still can’t run very fast on it, and it hurts if I stand in one position without moving for
too long.

Susie：

Oh, that’s no good. (Paul：Well, I did go to the doctor when it first happened and she recommended surgery, which I(d))

had. But my knee has never really felt the same as it did before the injury. These days, I justput up with it. Unfortunately, I won’t be able to play rugby for a while.

Susie：

That’s a shame. (Paul：

Yeah, you’re right, I do. But recently I’ve started getting into other sports that don’t hurt my(e))

knee as much, like swimming and golf. [特に水泳は，身体に過剰な負担をかけずに運動するには良い方法なんだ。]

Susie：

I’ve heard that, too.

Paul：

So, how about you, Susie? (Susie：To be honest, these days I don’t do all that much. Back in high school, I used to do track and(f)field. I especially enjoyed the jumping events.

Paul：

What do you mean?

Susie：You know, like high jump and long jump.

96/224)

Paul：

Oh, yeah. Of course.

Susie：

Anyway, after I graduated and moved away to university, I never got back into athletics. And
then my studies seemed to take priority over everything else, so I didn’t really try any new
sports either.

Paul：

So, you don’t do any exercise these days?

Susie：((g)) But I do walk to work whenever it’s not raining. And sometimes on

weekends I play a bit of tennis with my friends.

Paul：

Oh, I didn’t know you played tennis. Let’s get together for a game sometime. What do you
think?

Susie：

Yeah, sure. But I’m warning you, I’m not very good.

Paul：

Well, you should still be able to beat me on my one good knee. How about next Sunday?

Susie：

Okay, great. (Paul：

Look at the scoreboard, Susie. There’s only three minutes to go and my team is behind by 15(h))

points. There will be no finals for these guys this year unfortunately.

A

空所(a)～(h)に入るもっとも適切なものを次の 1～10 の中からそれぞれ一つ選び，その番号を解答欄に記
入しなさい。同じ選択肢を二度使ってはいけません。選択肢の中には使われないものが二つ含まれています。
1

But what about the rugby finals?

2

3

Do you play any sports?

4 How many people are on a team?

5

I got injured.

6

7 The fans all seem super-excited.

Can’t you tell?

I’ve never played baseball in my life.

8 Well, not as much as I should.

9 Why don’t you go and get it looked at?
10

You seem to really enjoy sports.

B 本文中の[]内の日本語を英語で表現しなさい。

特に水泳は，身体に過剰な負担をかけずに運動するには良い方法なんだ。

97/224

【２６】2018 同志社大学 2/8,学部個別日程 法グローバル･コミュニケーション

次の対話を読んで設問に答えなさい。

(Ray and Yoshiko are talking over a cup of coffee.)Ray：

I was just listening to a very interesting radio show.

Yoshiko：Really? (Ray：A relatively unknown scientist. A new biography of him just came out. The author was(a))

being interviewed.

Yoshiko：What did this scientist do?

Ray：Well, he helped develop the touch screen on your smartphone. He also helped create GPS.

Yoshiko：Those are quite diverse fields. (Ray：Let me explain. He had jobs in various labs around the United States. Each one of those(b))

labs had different projects going on. He would go into a project, solve a problem, get it done,
and move on.

Yoshiko：Sounds like he was a really curious man. Who was this guy?

Ray：

(

(c)

) He is still alive and still active. His father ran a company that fixed

movie projectors. He taught his two sons to work with their hands. This scientist says his
fingers “always itch.” He is always looking for something to do.

Yoshiko：What other things did he do?

Ray：

He was on the research team that developed the first ATM.

Yoshiko：

So, whenever you go to get money, you are using his machine?

Ray：

That’s right. He also invented the laser printer. So, many times when you print somethingout you are also using his technology.

Yoshiko：He is a real genius. (Ray：

Yes. He helped develop the satellites eventually employed by the GPS you use in your car.

Yoshiko：

You also said this scientist was involved in the creation of the smartphone?

Ray：

When he was developing the ATM he was also making progress on touch screen technology.

(d)) You mentioned GPS?

But his company didn’t like what he was doing.

Yoshiko：(Ray：

It seems that his bosses didn’t think people would want to use a screen that had finger-(e))

prints all over it.

98/224

Yoshiko：

They were sure wrong! I couldn’t live without my smartphone!

Ray：

(

(f)

) But here’s the interesting part: he says he can’t do too much talking

about his work.

Yoshiko：

How come?

Ray：[もししゃべりすぎたら，何か言うべきでないことを口にしてしまうのではないかと彼は恐れているんだ。]

Yoshiko：

Again, he certainly sounds like a person with an inquiring mind. What’s he doing now?

Ray：

The author of the book reports the scientist is still working. (Yoshiko：I don’t follow.

Ray：

He spends much of his time speaking and writing letters in the name of peace.

Yoshiko：(Ray：

Yes, I’d sure like to meet him, but will probably have to satisfy myself with reading the

(h)

(g)

)

)

book.

A

空所(a)～(h)に入るもっとも適切なものを次の 1～10 の中からそれぞれ一つ選び，その番号を解答欄に記
入しなさい。同じ選択肢を二度使ってはいけません。選択肢の中に使われないものが二つ含まれています。
1 He now focuses a lot of his energy on world peace.
2 How did he do that?
3

I’m not going to buy that book.

4 Neither could I.
5 Not was.
6

Sounds like a wonderful person.

7 Tell me about some other things he helped with.
8 That’s a ridiculous suggestion!
9 What was it about?
10 Why not?

B 本文中の[]内の日本語を英語で表現しなさい。

もししゃべりすぎたら，何か言うべきでないことを口にしてしまうのではないかと彼は恐れているんだ。

99/224

【２７】2018 同志社大学 2/9,学部個別日程 神商心理グローバル地域文化

次の対話を読んで設問に答えなさい。

(It is Friday evening. John is cooking at home in the kitchen. His wife Beth has just returned from workand comes into the living room.)John：

Hey, welcome home! How was your train ride back?

Beth：

Hi John! Oh, the journey home was awful. I had to stand up in the train the whole way. It was
hot and crowded.

John：

(

Beth：

I’m starving! I was so busy in the office today that I had to skip lunch. (John：

Poor you! Well, I’m glad you’re hungry because I’ve cooked us something special for dinner(a)) You must be exhausted. Sit down and relax. Are you hungry?
(b))

tonight.

Beth：That sounds wonderful. (John：You have to guess.

Beth：Well, it smells like something with seafood in it.

John：

It is. I came across a recipe for that delicious seafood and rice dish we had in Spain last year.

Beth：

(

John：

Yes, that’s right. I thought you’d like something special as it’s Friday.

Beth：

Oh, that’s nice of you, John. You know I loved the paella in Spain.

John：

(

(d)

(e)

(c)

)

)

) How about putting some music on while I finish up in the kitchen? Maybesomething Spanish to go with the paella?

Beth：Sure. Shall we listen to a flamenco guitar CD?

John：

That’ll be perfect. We’ll let the music and paella take us magically back to southern Spain again.

Beth：Ah, that was a wonderful trip, wasn’t it? ((f)) I loved the narrow streets in theold city and the Arabic architecture.

John：

Granada, yes. [Laughing] Do you remember that restaurant we went to on the last night?

Beth：

Do I remember? How could I ever forget that funny waiter and his unique style of service?

John：

His disastrous style, you mean!

Beth：Yes. [彼はとても緊張しているように見えたので，何か普通じゃないことが起こるだろうという予感がしたわ。]

John：[Laughing] Yes! When he stumbled just before he reached our table and that huge pan of paella

100/224

flew through the air, it all seemed to happen in slow motion. I’ll never forget the pan crashing
onto our table, the food flying in every direction, the screams of the other guests, and the panicof the waiter as he apologized in rapid Spanish.

Beth：

The restaurant manager was so embarrassed. He didn’t let us pay for anything that evening.
(

(g)

)

John：

Good question. OK, you sit down, and I’ll bring the dinner in. [He heads out to the kitchen.]

Beth：

(

(h)

) Ah, this is the way to finish the week. [There is a huge crash in the

kitchen.]John：

Oh, no! I don’t believe it!

Beth：What is it, John?

John：

I’ve dropped the paella! It’s all over the floor!

Beth：

Are you all right? [John comes back into the living room.]John：

Beth, do you have the phone number for that pizza restaurant? I think we’d better get somepizza delivered. Sorry, but the paella is off the menu tonight.

A

空所(a)～(h)に入るもっとも適切なものを次の 1～10 の中からそれぞれ一つ選び，その番号を解答欄に記
入しなさい。同じ選択肢を二度使ってはいけません。選択肢の中には使われないものが二つ含まれています。
1

Granada was my favorite out of all the places we visited.

2

I can’t wait.

3

I didn’t even have time for a cup of coffee.

4

I never want to go there again.

5

I wonder if he fired the poor waiter.

6

My pleasure.

7

Shall I go to the store and buy some spice?

8

Sorry to hear that.

9 What have you made?
10

You mean paella?

B 本文中の[]内の日本語を英語で表現しなさい。

彼はとても緊張しているように見えたので，何か普通じゃないことが起こるだろうという予感がしたわ。

101/224

【２８】2018 同志社大学 2/10,学部個別日程 社会

理工

次の対話を読んで設問に答えなさい。

(Tom, 90, and his grandson Peter, 14, are sitting on a sofa, looking through an old photo album.)Peter：

This photo album looks really old, grandpa. The binding is broken, and the pages are fallingapart.

Tom：

Yes, that’s an old one, all right. Be careful how you handle it, Peter. That’s packed full of
memories!

Peter：(

Tom：

Well, that album records the wonderful journey to Australia your grandmother and I made(a))

when we were young.

Peter：

Was that when you and grandma emigrated there?

Tom：

Yes, that’s right. These photos are all from the voyage on the ship.

Peter：[Surprised] You sailed all the way to Australia? (Tom：That was back in the 1940s, and there were no flights. If you needed to get to Australia, you(b))

had to take a ship. It took us nearly two months to get to Sydney from London.

Peter：

Two months? Wow! (Tom：It could be boring sometimes, when we were out at sea and there was no land. But your(c))

grandmother and I got to see some interesting places. It was quite an adventure for a young
couple!

Peter：[Turning a page] Is that you? (Tom：

In India, in Bombay. We stopped there for two days. Your grandmother was exhausted by the(d))

hot weather, so I got off the ship and explored the city alone. It was fascinating. I’d never beenoutside Britain before that, and here I was, suddenly thrown into a new and exotic environment.
Everything was totally different. It was so exciting, and I remember wishing that I could have
had more time there.

Peter：[Pointing to another photo] Where was this?

Tom：

(

(e)

) Take it out, and let’s see if there is anything written on the back. Be

careful, these photos are quite fragile now.

Peter：

There’s something written here, but I can’t read it. Is that your handwriting, grandpa?

Tom：

Yes, that’s my writing all right. Let me see. Oh yes, this was taken in Singapore, the last port

102/224we visited before arriving in Australia. This photo is of your grandmother and me in the market
there. ((f)) We really enjoyed our couple of days there, exploring the narrow

streets.

Peter：

What was it like when you finally got to Australia, grandpa?

Tom：[とても素晴らしい国だったから，残りの人生をそこで過ごしていたかもしれないね。]

Peter：Why didn’t you?

Tom：

(

(g)

) After four or five years, she became very homesick.

Peter：

(

(h)

)

Tom：

Yes, that’s right. Just think, if we had stayed, you would have been an Australian.

Peter：

Wow! I could have been a champion surfer!

A

空所(a)～(h)に入るもっとも適切なものを次の 1～10 の中からそれぞれ一つ選び，その番号を解答欄に記
入しなさい。同じ選択肢を二度使ってはいけません。選択肢の中には使われないものが二つ含まれています。
1

Did you ever get bored on the ship?

2

I can’t remember, Peter.

3

It must have been cold there.

4 That was another unforgettable experience.
5 Well, the fact is that grandma could never forget England.
6 Where were you in this photo?
7 Why didn’t you fly?
8 Why don’t we go there tomorrow?
9 Why is it so special, grandpa?
10

You both came back to London, then?

B 本文中の[]内の日本語を英語で表現しなさい。

とても素晴らしい国だったから，残りの人生をそこで過ごしていたかもしれないね。

103/224

【２９】2017 同志社大学 2/4,全学部(理系) 文化情報

理工

生命医科

スポーツ健康科心理

次の対話を読んで設問に答えなさい。

(Reiko and Rebecca are students at an American university.)

Reiko：Hi Rebecca. When did you get back?

Rebecca：

Oh, hi Reiko! I just got back yesterday, although I feel as though I’m still in a different timezone.

Reiko：

That’s(right,
(a)

you

went

to

New

Zealandon

yourvacation.

Lucky

you

―

) An old friend of mine from high school lives near the city of Wellington

and he keeps asking me to come and visit. Unfortunately, I can never seem to find the timeor money. Did you have a good trip?

Rebecca：

It was fantastic! I expected to have a good time, but I had no idea what a beautiful place it
is. There are so many wonderful sights, and the hiking is full of gorgeous scenery.

Reiko：

Yeah, I figured you would spend some time on the trails there. What in particular did you
enjoy?

Rebecca：

Well, as you probably already know, New Zealand is so separate from other places on earth
that it has a rather unique ecosystem. ((b)) It’s all very colorful and exotic.

There are some unique animals there as well. Unfortunately, I didn’t get to see the famous
kiwi bird though.

Reiko：(

Rebecca：

The kiwi bird? It’s a cute little round bird that mainly lives on the ground. I don’t even(c))

think that it can fly. New Zealand used to be full of them, but they’re a pretty rare sight thesedays despite people’s efforts to protect them. It’s even become a national goal to increase their
population, and a lot of money is collected to support kiwi birds.

Reiko：

Sounds like they’re endangered. (Rebecca：

Good question. From what I understand, the main problem for kiwi birds comes from inva-(d))

sive species.

Reiko：(

Rebecca：[Laughs] Well, it’s not quite that bad. But what it means is animals like rats and wild cats(e))

brought to New Zealand from other parts of the world. And then they destroy the delicate
domestic plant and animal life there. Now only about five percent of kiwi chicks survive to104/224become adults. (Reiko：(f))

That’s too bad, but at least they’re making efforts to save them. But there’s one animal in
New Zealand that I’ve heard there is no lack of ― sheep. So is it true that there are ten sheepfor every person who lives there?

Rebecca：

Not exactly. (Reiko：

That’s crazy!

Rebecca：Yeah, once you get outside of the cities they are everywhere ― in meadows, on hillsides,(g))

on the sides of the road. You have to be careful when driving!

Reiko：

I can imagine.

Rebecca：(

Reiko：

Well, I had more of a “stay cation.”

Rebecca：Hah, I’ve heard of those. It means you mostly relax at home, right?

Reiko：

That’s right. [わたしはずっと勉強ですごく忙しかったので，ただ遅くまで寝て，何も特別な(h))

ことをしないでいたかったの。]

Rebecca：That actually sounds really nice, especially right now. I loved visiting another country in adifferent part of the world, but after the long, busy trip I feel like I need a staycation!

A

空所(a)～(h)に入るもっとも適切なものを次の 1～10 の中からそれぞれ一つ選び，その番号を解答欄に記
入しなさい。同じ選択肢を二度使ってはいけません。選択肢の中には使われないものが二つ含まれています。
1 That sounds scary, almost like an alien attack.
2

Did something happen to threaten their survival?

3 That’s what one of the guides explained about them on a hike I took.
4 When did that happen?
5 The variety of plants is astonishing and quite lovely.
6 That’s when the kiwi bird invaded New Zealand.
7

So what did you do for your vacation?

8 There are over twenty!
9 What’s that?
10

I’ve always wanted to go there myself.

B 本文中の[]内の日本語を英語で表現しなさい。

わたしはずっと勉強ですごく忙しかったので，ただ遅くまで寝て，何も特別なことをしないでいたかったの。

105/224

【３０】2017 同志社大学 2/5,全学部(文系) 神ツ健康科 心理グローバル･コミュニケーション

文

社会 法 経済 商

政策 文化情報理工 スポー

グローバル地域文化

次の対話を読んで設問に答えなさい。

(Takuro is shopping in an airport souvenir shop in Lisbon, Portugal.)Store clerk：

Can I help you find something, sir?

Takuro：Ahh, yes thank you. ((a)) This is my first time traveling to Portugal,

so I’m not sure what kinds of gifts to buy.

Store clerk：

That’s understandable. Well, perhaps I can help give you some ideas. Portugal has somefamous domestic products, you know.

Takuro：Actually I didn’t know that! I’m really just here on a short business trip and unfortunately I couldn’t see the sights or even read much about your country, although I wish I
had.

Store clerk：(

Takuro：Well, that’s another problem...I don’t really know!

Store clerk：

Oh?

Takuro：Yes, you see we just got married last month. And we were only dating for about six(b)) What kinds of gifts does your wife usually like?

months before that, so [彼女の好きなものや嫌いなものを知るには，十分な時間が本当になかったんだ。]

Store clerk：

I see. Then I suppose you do need some help! Hmm. Well, Portugal is famous for its
cork products. Perhaps you could buy her one of these handbags or wallets made of cork.

Takuro：Cork? You mean the stuff used to seal wine bottles?

Store clerk：

Exactly. Portugal produces about 50% of cork worldwide, so we make a lot of products
from the material. Not only wine bottle corks.

Takuro：Interesting, I didn’t know that. Yes, those do look quite nice. And they’re so light!

Store clerk：((c)) They’re light but they’re also sturdy. They really do make lovely

gifts.

Takuro：Yes, I like the texture. OK, I’ll think about it. (Store clerk：

How about some decorative tiles? They’re also traditional Portuguese products, so many(d))

people like to buy them as souvenirs.

Takuro：Oh, like these over here? Yes, the designs are pretty and quite artistic.

Store clerk：

(

(e)

)

106/224

Takuro：Indeed. You usually don’t see tiles this nicely designed.

Store clerk：

Yes, we’re very proud of our tiles, and they’re not only used for practical purposes as inmost other places. They are part of our artistic heritage.

Takuro：((f)) One of my colleagues pointed them out to me. OK, I think I’ll buy

a couple of those. They might make nice ornaments to put on the walls of our house.

Store clerk：

Great, I think your wife will love them. Also, another popular gift option you might
consider is canned food.

Takuro：Really? As a gift?

Store clerk：

They are gourmet quality.

Takuro：[Looks at the price tag] Yes, and I see they are gourmet priced as well!

Store clerk：

You will probably be surprised at how delicious our canned tuna is. It’s an extremely
popular item for repeat visitors to Portugal.

Takuro：I didn’t know that. ((g)) OK, so I will take five cans of tuna in addition

to the tiles. And I’ll also buy one of the cork handbags as well.

Store clerk：

Very good, sir. I’m sure your wife will be quite pleased.

Takuro：

(

A

(h)

)

空所(a)～(h)に入るもっとも適切なものを次の 1～10 の中からそれぞれ一つ選び，その番号を解答欄に記
入しなさい。同じ選択肢を二度使ってはいけません。選択肢の中には使われないものが二つ含まれています。
1

I certainly hope so!

2

Can you recommend some good spots to see in Lisbon?

3 Now that I think of it, I recall seeing them when walking around Lisbon.
4

Yes, they’re wonderful, aren’t they?

5

Most customers don’t care for them.

6 No worries, we have many travelers in the same situation.
7

I am looking for some souvenirs for my wife.

8

I feel like I’m really learning a lot about your country’s products today.

9 What about other gift ideas?
10 That’s one of their advantages.

B 本文中の[]内の日本語を英語で表現しなさい。

彼女の好きなものや嫌いなものを知るには，十分な時間が本当になかったんだ。

107/224

【３１】2017 同志社大学 2/6,学部個別日程 文

経済

次の対話を読んで設問に答えなさい。

(A father and daughter are having breakfast at their kitchen table.)

Daughter：Dad, I think I’m going to skip breakfast this morning.
(

(a)

)

Father：What? Why? Aren’t you feeling well?

Daughter：No, I’m fine. It’s just that I read in a magazine the other day that there are some benefits to not eating in the morning and waiting to have your first meal at lunchtime.

Father：Waiting till lunch? (Daughter：Well, maybe. But the article was quite convincing. For instance, it said that people who(b))

don’t eat breakfast can actually achieve a lot with the extra time they gain by not eating.

Father：Uh huh.

Daughter：

And it also mentioned that there were possible health benefits, like helping with weightloss and lowering blood pressure and stuff like that.

Father：Really? ((c)) I’ve always been told that breakfast is the most important

meal of the day. You know, when I was a kid, my mum ― your grandma ― used to cookme steak and eggs for breakfast every morning. Mmm, yum... I can still taste it...

Daughter：Yeah, I know, Dad. We’ve all heard the stories. But times change, you know.
(

(d)

)

Father：Ha ha ha... I’m not that old!

Daughter：

Only kidding. But still, back when you were young, people were allowed to do things
like smoke on airplanes and in cinemas, for example. ((e)) Maybe it’s thesame with breakfast...?

Father：I don’t know if that’s a very fair comparison: eating breakfast and smoking cigarettes.
((f)) They clearly showed that cigarette smoke was dangerous. Ex-

tremely dangerous. And not just for smokers, but for everybody around them.

Daughter：Yeah, sure. [でも私が言いたいのは，時が経てば物事に対する社会の態度は変わることがよくあるっていうことよ。]

Father：That’s true, but are you sure you can trust the information in that magazine? Was it
reporting research or was it just the author’s opinion?

108/224

Daughter：(

Father：Well, just be careful. How about skipping breakfast for a few days and keeping a journal(g)) And I think the writer was actually a doctor as well.

of how you feel? Let’s talk about it again next week.

Daughter：Yeah, okay. (Father：Me? No way! I love breakfast! Now, I wonder if your mother bought any steak and eggs(h))

at the supermarket this week...

A

空所(a)～(h)に入るもっとも適切なものを次の 1～10 の中からそれぞれ一つ選び，その番号を解答欄に記
入しなさい。同じ選択肢を二度使ってはいけません。選択肢の中には使われないものが二つ含まれています。
1

Smoking was banned in those places because of medical research findings.

2

You’ll be starving!

3

It reported a study from a medical journal.

4 What was okay 100 years ago is not necessarily okay today.
5

You’ve got to exercise, too.

6

You want to try with me?

7

I’m not particularly hungry.

8But, what about dinner?

9 Well, this is all news to me.
10

You can’t do those kinds of things these days.

B 本文中の[]内の日本語を英語で表現しなさい。

でも私が言いたいのは，時が経てば物事に対する社会の態度は変わることがよくあるっていうことよ。

109/224

【３２】2017 同志社大学 2/7,学部個別日程 政策

文化情報

生命医科

スポーツ健康科

次の対話を読んで設問に答えなさい。

(Simon is a high school student talking on the phone to his older sister, Mary, who is a university student.)

Simon：

Hey, Mary. Are you there? What’s all that noise?

Mary：

Hi, Simon. ((a)) I’ll go somewhere a little quieter. There we go. Can you hear

me now?

Simon：

Yeah, that’s a lot better. It sounded like you were at a carnival or something. What’s going
on?

Mary：

(

(b)

) Everyone’s running around, and catching up with friends, and they’re

all just a little bit too excited if you ask me.

Simon：

Sounds like fun. (Mary：Well, we’ve got lots of stalls selling food and drinks and things. And there are members of(c))

some clubs running activities and games to entertain people. But best of all, in a little while
there are going to be some live performances by local bands. Then I think later on this afternoon,
even the university orchestra is going to play.

Simon：

Oh, wow. That sounds terrific. I wonder why my high school never does stuff like that.

Mary：

(

(d)

) I thought you told me once that your school has a big sports festival

every year.

Simon：

Yeah, it does, but it’s just sports. No food or drink or music or any of that. And the teachers
are all so strict about everyone wearing the right uniform and cheering the right way and sittingin the correct places. (

Mary：

(e)

) All the fun goes out of it.

I hear you. I remember that stuff from school, too. But don’t worry, little brother. [もしがんばって勉強し続けたら，あなたももうすぐ私のように大学生になるわよ。]

Simon：

Yeah, I can’t wait, to be honest. What are the classes and things like?

Mary：

Pretty different from high school, I guess. ((f)) You still have to go to lessons

every day and there’s a lot of homework to do. But you don’t just have regular classes. You
sometimes have lectures in halls filled with a couple of hundred people.
(

Simon：(g))

Just two? That’d be strange.

110/224

Mary：

Yeah, it can be, but the thing is that when there aren’t many people in your class, you get
more opportunities to give your opinions and ask the teacher more questions. That can be really
helpful, especially if it’s a difficult topic that you’re studying.

Simon：

Like English literature? How is your course going?

Mary：

Yes, exactly. It’s going okay and thanks for reminding me; I’ve got an essay on Shakespeare
due on Monday. Anyway, I’d better go. (Simon：

Oh, I wish I were there.

Mary：

Soon enough, little brother. Bye.

A

(h)

)

空所(a)～(h)に入るもっとも適切なものを次の 1～10 の中からそれぞれ一つ選び，その番号を解答欄に記
入しなさい。同じ選択肢を二度使ってはいけません。選択肢の中には使われないものが二つ含まれています。
1

And then other times you might only have two other people in your whole class.

2 Professors Venkman and Smith are excellent teachers.
3

But it does, doesn’t it?

4 The bands are going to start soon.
5 Nobody likes exams anyway.
6

Yeah, just hold on for a second.

7 What sort of stuff is happening?
8

Oh, it’s our annual festival here at university today.

9 There’s no freedom, really.
10

I mean, some things are the same.

B 本文中の[]内の日本語を英語で表現しなさい。

もしがんばって勉強し続けたら，あなたももうすぐ私のように大学生になるわよ。

111/224

【３３】2017 同志社大学 2/8,学部個別日程 法グローバル･コミュニケーション

次の対話を読んで設問に答えなさい。

(Amir and Kento are passengers on an international flight.)

Amir：Hi, is this row 14?

Kento：

Yes, are you in seat 14B? That’s just next to me.

Amir：OK, thanks. I’m Amir, by the way.

Kento：Hi Amir, I’m Kento. Nice to meet you.

Amir：

Nice to meet you, too. (Kento：

Yes, they announced it would be about seven hours in total. I hope I can stay comfortable for(a))

all that time. Is this your first time to fly to Tokyo?

Amir：That’s right, and I’m pretty excited. I have friends there and they always tell me how great
it is.

Kento：

It’s an exciting city for sure, but a little too crowded for my taste. I live in Kamakura ― amuch quieter town to the west.

Amir：

(

Kento：

Yes, Kamakura is a popular tourist spot, so sometimes even that town becomes a little too(b)) It’s supposed to be a nice day trip from Tokyo.

busy for me. But it’s a comfortable place full of history and culture. (

(c)

)

Amir：

I’m sure I will. I’ll be in Tokyo for at least a year. Possibly two.

Kento：

Oh, so you’re going for work?

Amir：

Right, my company in Malaysia is sending me to learn more about Japanese software development. ((d)) Now I need to find out as much as I can about programming sothat I can develop applications for the Malaysian market.

Kento：

That
(

Amir：

sounds(e)interesting,althoughI

don’t know

very

much

about

computers.

)

Games, mostly. There’s an increasing demand for them as more people in my country gain
access to PCs and smartphones. Japan already has a huge and developed computer industry,so I’m sure I’ll learn a lot.

Kento：

I think you will. One of my nephews works for a computer company, but we rarely get achance to meet because he works so hard. I’m always telling him to relax a bit, but he says he
has too many deadlines and can’t take a vacation. Such is life in the 21st century.

112/224

Amir：

He sounds very similar to me. (Kento：I was there to attend the opening of a gallery exhibit. A friend of mine did all of the artwork.

Amir：Oh, that sounds very interesting. (Kento：

Sort of. I take nature photographs.

Amir：

Wow, that sounds like a dream job!

Kento：

Well, I enjoy it. (Amir：That sounds nice too.

Kento：

It’s not bad. The hours are pretty flexible, and I get to meet a lot of artists. But again, it

(h)

(f)

)

(g)

)

) So I also edit art books part-time.

doesn’t pay too well.

Amir：

I understand. [自分が本当に大好きなことをやりながら生計を立てるっていうのは難しいようだね。]

Kento：

I think that’s true. But I still try.

Amir：

I really respect that. I hope someday that I can do the same!

A

空所(a)～(h)に入るもっとも適切なものを次の 1～10 の中からそれぞれ一つ選び，その番号を解答欄に記
入しなさい。同じ選択肢を二度使ってはいけません。選択肢の中には使われないものが二つ含まれています。
1

I recommend that you visit if you get the chance.

2

But it’s hard to survive doing only that.

3

Is it a long way to Kuala Lumpur?

4

So what brought you to Kuala Lumpur?

5

Oh, I read about that on a website about Japan.

6

In fact, we’ve just completed a contract with our Japanese partners.

7 What do you like to do in your free time?
8

I think we’ve got a long flight ahead of us.

9 What type of software do you want to develop?
10

Are you an artist as well?

B 本文中の[]内の日本語を英語で表現しなさい。

自分が本当に大好きなことをやりながら生計を立てるっていうのは難しいようだね。

113/224

【３４】2017 同志社大学 2/9,学部個別日程 神商心理グローバル地域文化

次の対話を読んで設問に答えなさい。

(Kevin and Pat are walking down a street in New Orleans.)

Kevin：

What a fantastic day to be in New Orleans. The weather is perfect!

Pat：

It is. So where should we visit today? The French Quarter? Bourbon Street?

Kevin：The French Quarter sounds like a good idea. We wouldn’t want to go to Bourbon Street now.
(

Pat：

(a)

) It’s also a great place to experience the New Orleans jazz scene.

OK, let’s go there after dinner then. I suppose we have to listen to some live music while we’rehere in “the birthplace of jazz.”

Kevin：

Absolutely. It’s been a long time since I’ve been to a jazz club.

Pat：

(

Kevin：

You’re in for a treat then. Live jazz can be pretty exciting ― in some ways more creative(b)) I’m looking forward to it.

than classical music but also more refined than rock and roll.

Pat：

(

Kevin：

Well, I should. I played jazz piano for almost ten years.

Pat：

Really? I didn’t even know you played piano. (Kevin：Starting in high school. I had already played for about five years but was getting bored with

(c)

)

(d)

)

lessons. So I looked for a new teacher and a new approach. [幸い，定期的に僕に喜んで教えてくれる，すごくいい地元のジャズピアノ奏者を見つけたんだ。]

Pat：Interesting. So did you play on your own, or were you in a group?

Kevin：For the first few years I just studied jazz technique. But once I became more confident, I
made a little jazz group with a couple of guys who played bass and drums. (

Pat：

(e)

)

That’s amazing. I didn’t even know you liked jazz at all. Now I’m finding out that you used
to play in a group!

Kevin：

It was great while it lasted. We got to know each other’s playing styles pretty quickly, so we
didn’t have to worry too much about planning out the songs or matching rhythms. It all camevery naturally.

Pat：

So what happened? (Kevin：

Oh, usual life things. First, the drummer got married and he soon had a baby, so he had to(f))

quit. We searched for a replacement, but it’s very hard to find jazz drummers. The bass player

114/224

and I tried to continue on our own for a little while but it just wasn’t the same. We eventually
stopped doing live shows, and then I became too busy to continue playing at all.

Pat：

That’s too bad. (Kevin：

I’d like to go back to it someday when I have more free time. Maybe when I retire! [Laughs]

Pat：

You shouldn’t wait that long. You could play a little now and then, just to maintain your(g))

technique.

Kevin：

I suppose. I really did love playing. But for now, I’m looking forward to seeing other people
perform. (

Pat：

A

(h)

)

Definitely. Now I’m getting excited!

空所(a)～(h)に入るもっとも適切なものを次の 1～10 の中からそれぞれ一つ選び，その番号を解答欄に記
入しなさい。同じ選択肢を二度使ってはいけません。選択肢の中には使われないものが二つ含まれています。
1

I would’ve liked to hear you play.

2 When did you teach piano?
3

Before long we were doing live shows at small clubs.

4 We’ve got to find a good club to visit tonight.
5 When was that?
6

I’ve never played an instrument myself.

7 That’s more of a nighttime spot.
8

I don’t think I’ve ever been to one.

9 Why did you give it up?
10

You sound like you know a lot about it.

B 本文中の[]内の日本語を英語で表現しなさい。

幸い，定期的に僕に喜んで教えてくれる，すごくいい地元のジャズピアノ奏者を見つけたんだ。

115/224

【３５】2017 同志社大学 2/10,学部個別日程 社会

理工

次の対話を読んで設問に答えなさい。

(Two friends, Benjamin and Leah, are sitting around a campfire at night.)

Leah：Hey, it’s great that you could come out camping with me this weekend. I wasn’t sure if
you’d get my message in time.

Benjamin：((a)) Luckily, I checked the messages on my phone before I left thehouse this morning. I love camping and campfires.

Leah：

Me, too. [しばらく町から出て新鮮な空気を楽しむことほどいいことはないわ。] It’s such
beautiful countryside around here.

Benjamin：And the stars! Wow! Look at them! They’re so bright.

Leah：

Beautiful, aren’t they. Yeah, once you get away from all of the city lights, the stars seemmuch closer than usual. (Benjamin：(b))

Yeah, right. And when you can see them this clearly, doesn’t it ever make you wonder
if there is possibly other life out there in space?

Leah：

What? (

Benjamin：Exactly. But not necessarily like the ones in Hollywood movies. I mean, there could be(c))

all sorts of living things in the universe.

Leah：

I guess so.

Benjamin：

I
(

Leah：

bet

other

life

(d)

would

look

completely

different

from

human

beings.

) Or huge, like whales. Or maybe even like... huge ants!

Okay, calm down, Ben. You know, apparently, scientists believe that water is the key.
If they can find water on another planet, then that might indicate that there is life somewhere else in space.

Benjamin：

(

Leah：

If there’s water on Mars, then there must be water on other planets in the universe. I(e)) On Mars, last year. But so far, no signs of life.

mean, Mars is relatively close to Earth. Look at all those millions of other stars and planets we can see up there.

Benjamin：I agree. There might be planets covered in water ― like swamp planets or ice planets― that we haven’t even discovered yet.

Leah：

And I guess that’s the problem, huh?

116/224

Benjamin：

What do you mean?

Leah：

Well, we don’t really have the technology at the moment to properly explore the universe. We can only observe the stars and planets that are relatively close to ours.
(

(f)

)

Benjamin：Yeah, right.

Leah：

You know, my dad always says that if aliens find us before we find them, then we might
be in trouble.

Benjamin：How so?

Leah：

Well, if aliens can reach our planet before we can reach theirs, then it proves that they
have more advanced technology than us. (Benjamin：(g))

Then they would be more intelligent than we are. You know, I’d never really thought
about it that way before. That’s exciting... but a bit scary.

Leah：

Don’t worry, Ben. ((h)) But we’d better put some more wood on thisfire; it’s starting to go out.

A

空所(a)～(h)に入るもっとも適切なものを次の 1～10 の中からそれぞれ一つ選び，その番号を解答欄に記
入しなさい。同じ選択肢を二度使ってはいけません。選択肢の中には使われないものが二つ含まれています。
1

I’ll look after you.

2

And they’ve done that, I think.

3

You mean like... aliens?

4

It was like a bright flash of light in the sky.

5

And if aliens have more advanced technology than us...

6

And other life might actually exist far, far away.

7

I’ve got ants all over me!

8

Yeah, thanks for the invitation.

9 The aliens might be tiny, like ants.
10 Like you can almost touch them.

B 本文中の[]内の日本語を英語で表現しなさい。

しばらく町から出て新鮮な空気を楽しむことほどいいことはないわ。

117/224

【３６】2016 同志社大学 2/4,全学部(理系) 文化情報

理工

生命医科

スポーツ健康科心理

次の対話を読んで設問に答えなさい。

(Mariko Tanaka, a university student from Kyoto, arrives at an NGO school in Phnom Penh, Cambodia,
to start her first day as a volunteer English teacher. Mr Tep is in charge of the program and meets her on
her first morning.)

Mr Tep：How do you do, Miss Tanaka. (shaking hands and smiling)

Mariko：Pleased to meet you. Thank you for accepting my application.

Mr Tep：((a)) Our children need teachers who can give them lots of support andlove. Well, you see, they are all orphans, don’t you?

Mariko：Yes, and that’s why I chose this school.

Mr Tep：I’m glad to hear that you know. ((b)) They’re very shy at first but they will

open up after a few days.

Mariko：Don’t worry. I’m used to that. You see, I’ve been helping out at an English school in myneighborhood for a while now. That’s how I got interested in English teaching.

Mr Tep：That’s good. You’ll be able to put those talents to good use here. Our children love songs
and games. ((c)) By the way, your English is like a native speaker. How comeyou’re so fluent?

Mariko：Well, I was born in the US. My father worked there for a Japanese multinational company
and so I spent the first ten years of my life in the American school system. Then my familycame back to Japan.

Mr Tep：You’re very lucky. Our children really want to speak English. (Mariko：(smiling) That should make my job easy then.

Mr Tep：I hope so. But you know they find English pronunciation very difficult. Also the Cambodian(d))

writing system is completely different from Roman letters. [子どもたちは克服しなければいけない障害をたくさんかかえていますから，ぜひ根気よくやってくださいね。]

Mariko：Right. By the way, how many are there in one class?

Mr Tep：

Let me see. Oh, you’re working with Miss Duong’s students. ((e)) That’s agood size, don’t you think?

Mariko：Yes. Could you tell me how much English they have already learned?

Mr Tep：Well, our full-time teachers do their best but they do not have your kind of fluency. Miss

118/224

Duong has got the children to repeat the letters of the Roman alphabet and they can now saysome simple greetings like “Good afternoon.” For the first week, you will be an assistant forMiss Duong and then once you’ve got used to things after the second week, you can give lessons as the main teacher.

Mariko：(Mr Tep：Well, as I said before, our students are very shy. They find it difficult to open up to strangers.

(f))

There was a volunteer from Canada here last month who kept complaining that the children
wouldn’t look her straight in the eyes.

Mariko：Oh, that doesn’t worry me. (Mr Tep：

Not really, they’re very quiet and obedient. But I should warn you that Cambodians con-(g)

) Should I expect any other problems?

sider the head as the most sacred part of the body. It represents the center of intelligence. So
you must never pat or touch a child on the head because that’s an extreme insult in our culture. In fact, there was trouble last year with a Japanese volunteer who did that.

Mariko：That’s unfortunate. (Mr Tep：You’re very understanding. I wish you good luck on your first day.

A(h)

) But I’ll certainly remember not to do that.

空所(a)～(h)に入るもっとも適切なものを次の 1～10 の中からそれぞれ一つ選び，その番号を解答欄に記
入しなさい。同じ選択肢を二度使ってはいけません。選択肢の中には使われないものが二つ含まれています。
1

It will take time to win their trust.

2

She has only twenty in her group.

3 We’re very grateful that you have chosen to teach here.
4 That’s quite common in Japan.
5 That way they learn and have fun at the same time.
6

I will introduce you to my nephew tomorrow.

7 They know it will make a big difference to their future.
8 What do you think is the most difficult thing for a volunteer teacher?
9

I don’t have any jet lag.

10

You see, in Japan that’s a way of showing affection and praise.

B 本文中の[]内の日本語を英語で表現しなさい。

子どもたちは克服しなければいけない障害をたくさんかかえていますから，ぜひ根気よくやってくださいね。

119/224

【３７】2016 同志社大学 2/5,全学部(文系) 神ツ健康科 心理グローバル･コミュニケーション

文

社会 法 経済 商

政策 文化情報理工 スポー

グローバル地域文化

次の対話を読んで設問に答えなさい。

(Zuri is an exchange student from Kenya who majors in Japanese Studies. Sakura, a student at the same
university, has arranged to go sightseeing with Zuri and meet her at Arashiyama railway station.)

Sakura：Good morning, Zuri. I’m so sorry for being late.

Zuri：

(

Sakura：(looking guilty) You know, I missed the train just as I got to the platform.

Zuri：(smiling) Look at all the fantastic red and gold colors on the hills over there.
(

(a)

(b)

) Isn’t it great to get out of the city? The scenery here is gorgeous.

)

Sakura：Yes, fall really is my favorite season even though my name suggests otherwise.

Zuri：

What do you mean?

Sakura：(Zuri：(laughing) Oh, I get it. You mean because your name’s Sakura you should like spring the(c))

best, right?

Sakura：That’s it. (laughing) Anyway, let’s head over there to that famous bridge.

Zuri：

It’s incredibly beautiful here. This whole scene reminds me of that famous ukiyo-e print.
Now, what was it called?... Oh, I remember “Sudden Shower over Shin-Ōhashi Bridge”.

Sakura：You know so much about Japanese culture, Zuri. I’m always surprised by your expertise.
[この橋をいっしょに渡るカップルについて言われていること，知ってる？]

Zuri：

That they will stay together forever?

Sakura：((d)) That they are destined to break up. By the way, there’s a really nicepark near here. I was thinking we could go and visit it, if you like.

Zuri：

Oh that sounds interesting.

Sakura：The only thing is it costs ¥1,000 to get in.

Zuri：

(

Sakura：That’s true but it’s a very special park, you see. Originally it was a private villa which(e)) We can enjoy this scenery here for free.

belonged to a famous actor. ((f)) It took over thirty years to build.

Zuri：

Is it one of your favorite places?

Sakura：Yes, it is. I love it. The garden’s designed to complement each season. Right now’s the best

120/224

time to enjoy the maple trees with the way the light comes streaming through the leaves andeverything. You also get a Japanese cake and a cup of green tea included in the price.

Zuri：

It sounds perfect. I want to see it.

Sakura：Great. So we have to get to the end of this road. It’s a little tricky to find... (After reaching

the entrance, Sakura buys the tickets and they go inside.)Zuri：

All these bamboo trees, they make you feel like you’re in a fairy tale. (Sakura：His name was Denjirō Ōkōchi. He got rich and famous in silent movies when he was still(g))

young, when he was in his twenties. He was brilliant at playing sword-fighting roles. He wasalso a huge admirer of Zen Buddhism.

Zuri：

So that’s why this place has such a spiritual atmosphere?

Sakura：Yes. The position of every tree and stone’s been carefully thought out.

Zuri：

I really sense that. Tell me, Sakura, how big is the estate?

Sakura：(Zuri：

Wow, that’s as big as my father’s farm! I must stop here and take some photos. I’ve never(h))

had these panoramic views of Kyoto before.

A

空所(a)～(h)に入るもっとも適切なものを次の 1～10 の中からそれぞれ一つ選び，その番号を解答欄に記
入しなさい。同じ選択肢を二度使ってはいけません。選択肢の中には使われないものが二つ含まれています。
1

So who was this guy who built it, then?

2

Do you know Kaguyahime?

3 He had all the buildings and gardens constructed in a deeply traditional style.
4

On the entrance board back there it said it’s over 20,000 square meters.

5

You should always bring an umbrella with you in this season.

6 Well, cherries only blossom in spring, don’t they?
7 Hmmm... that’s quite expensive.
8

It’s just like a painting, isn’t it?

9 No problem, Sakura. I just got here myself.
10 No, the opposite.

B 本文中の[]内の日本語を英語で表現しなさい。

この橋をいっしょに渡るカップルについて言われていること，知ってる？

121/224

【３８】2016 同志社大学 2/6,学部個別 文

経済

次の対話を読んで設問に答えなさい。

(Issei and Michael are students at a college in the United States.)

Michael：Hey, you’ve got a Yankees cap. Are you a fan?

Issei：

Yes, I’ve liked the Yankees since I was a kid. ((a)) But I’ve been following

the Rangers since Yamada started playing Major League Baseball. He went to high school
just a couple of train stops from my house!

Michael：Well then, take a look at this (holds up his smart phone): Yamada issued a formal apology
for the mistakes he made in last night’s game. It says here: “((b)) I regretthat if it were not for the outstanding playing of my teammates, the team might have lost an
important run-off to the championships. ... I can only say I’m sorry to my fans and everyone
who supported me and promise to do better in the future.”

Issei：(

Michael：To me, it seems utterly incomprehensible.

Issei：(

Michael：You know, he didn’t play that badly. I mean, what did he do? He didn’t throw home quickly

(c)

(d)

)

)

enough, so the other team scored a run. They still won. Everybody makes mistakes. It’s notlike he did something that nobody else’s ever done before. I just can’t believe he would actuallyapologize like that.

Issei：

Well, I don’t know. (Michael：Yeah, if I stepped on some old lady’s foot on the bus or something, I’d say “I’m sorry.” Es-(e))

pecially here in New York, where you don’t know what kind of person you might be standing
next to. I remember one time I bumped into this guy and I didn’t apologize fast enough andhe yelled at me! (Issei：(f))

Really? I’m the opposite. If it were something small, like bumping into someone in a bus
during rush hour, I maybe wouldn’t apologize. [日本のような混雑した国だったら，ずっと謝っていることになるだろうね！] But if I worked for a company and my company did something
wrong, I would have no trouble apologizing. (Michael：(g))

Not me, man! If it were something to do with my career, you would never catch me apologizing. Like my old man told me, “Never show any sign of weakness. It’s a tough world out

122/224there.”Issei：(

Michael：And I’ll keep what you say in mind if I ever ride on a bus in Japan!

A

(h)

)

空所(a)～(h)に入るもっとも適切なものを次の 1～10 の中からそれぞれ一つ選び，その番号を解答欄に記
入しなさい。同じ選択肢を二度使ってはいけません。選択肢の中には使われないものが二つ含まれています。
1

I used to watch them all the time on TV with my dad.

2 What do you mean?
3

But, for me, making an official apology in public ― that’s different.

4

In fact, I’d take it as my duty, even if the incident didn’t involve me personally.

5 Hmm, I’ll keep that in mind if I ever work for a company in the US.
6

Are you sorry that you did that?

7

I take full responsibility for the mistakes I made last night.

8 Why don’t we change the topic of conversation to something else?
9 Wow, that took a lot of guts.
10 When you do something wrong, don’t you apologize?

B 本文中の[]内の日本語を英語で表現しなさい。

日本のような混雑した国だったら，ずっと謝っていることになるだろうね！

123/224

【３９】2016 同志社大学 2/7,学部個別 政策

文化情報

生命医科

スポーツ健康科

次の対話を読んで設問に答えなさい。

(Hideo Tanaka is a representative for a Japanese company who is on a business trip to London. He has
been invited out to lunch by Colin Jones who is a manager at the British company which Hideo is dealing
with. They are now sitting in a restaurant.)

Hideo：

Thank you for inviting me to lunch, Colin. I’ve never been to this kind of place before. It’svery impressive, like something out of a Harry Potter movie.

Colin：

I’m glad you like it. Actually, it’s one of the oldest restaurants in London. It opened in 1828,
you know.

Hideo：

So it’s almost a historical monument!

Colin：(laughing) You’ve got quite an English sense of humor. The famous guests who’ve come toeat here have included writers like Charles Dickens and politicians like William Gladstone.

Hideo：((a)) Anyway, [ほんもののイギリス料理がどういうものなのか，わかることが楽しみです。] You see, in Japan there are no British restaurants.

Colin：

I can’t believe that. Why is that?

Hideo：

When it comes to Western food, we have French restaurants and Italian food is also popular.
But as far as I know there are only British-style pubs, no restaurants. My teacher from England once told me it was because the British admired European food more than their own.

Waiter：(suddenly appearing) Would you like something to drink, sir?

Colin：

Yes. What would you like, Hideo?

Hideo：

Well, I’ve still got work left on my presentation for this afternoon’s meeting.
(Colin：(b))

Me too. I’ve got to drive to our factory outside London the minute we get back to headquarters.

Waiter：Still or sparkling?

Colin：

Sparkling for me, please.

Hideo：

I’ll have still. I don’t like sparkling.

Waiter：One still, one sparkling. Thank you. (leaves the table)

Hideo：

This menu is very extensive. What would you recommend?

Colin：The speciality here’s Scottish roast beef on the bone. It’s first-class quality.

124/224

Hideo：(Colin：

What shall we start with?

Hideo：

Well, let me see. What about the soup of the day?

Colin：

I’ll just ask the waiter what it is. (signaling to the waiter)

Waiter：(Colin：

Yes, but I want to know what the soup of the day is?

Waiter：It’s cream of asparagus, sir.

Hideo：

That’s fine. I’d like that.

Colin：(

Waiter：Right. Two soups of the day. Have you decided about your main course?

Colin：

Yes, we’re both going to have the roast sirloin of beef.

Waiter：(Colin：

I like mine medium.

Hideo：The same for me, please.

Waiter：To accompany it, there’s Yorkshire pudding.

Hideo：

What’s that? I don’t want any sweet stuff with my meat. I had this red jam with turkey when

(c)

(d)

(e)

(f)

) I’d like to try it.

))) Rare, medium or well-done?

I was in the States at Thanksgiving. (showing displeasure on his face)

Colin：((g)) It’s a very light, airy pastry made with eggs over which they pour thejuices from the roast. It’s very popular. Why don’t you try it?

Hideo：

Okay. I’ll follow your recommendation.

Waiter：So medium roast beef with homemade Yorkshire pudding for two. What about dessert, sir?

Colin：

What would you like, Hideo?

Hideo：(

Colin：

The apple pie and custard tasted very good last time I was here. It’s typically English, you(h)) I can’t decide. What would you recommend?

know.

Hideo：

A(smiling) Good, then that’s what I’ll have.

空所(a)～(h)に入るもっとも適切なものを次の 1～10 の中からそれぞれ一つ選び，その番号を解答欄に記
入しなさい。同じ選択肢を二度使ってはいけません。選択肢の中には使われないものが二つ含まれています。
1 That sounds delicious.
2

I’m sorry but I’m not familiar with those names.

3

I’m glad we have no more work left to do today.

4Okay. I’ll order that too.

125/224

5

So I should stick to mineral water.

6 How would you like it done?
7

I don’t agree with you.

8 No, it’s nothing like that.
9

Are you ready to order?

10 There are a lot of delicious choices.

B 本文中の[]内の日本語を英語で表現しなさい。

ほんもののイギリス料理がどういうものなのか，わかることが楽しみです。

126/224

【４０】2016 同志社大学 2/8,学部個別 法

グローバル･コミュニケーション

次の対話を読んで設問に答えなさい。

(Yui and Samantha are students at an American university.)

Yui：

It’s so hot today! I can’t believe it’s only May.

Samantha：Yeah, but the school year will be over soon.

Yui：

It feels good to be in short sleeves... (Samantha：

What’s wrong with that? Look how pale I am!

Yui：

Listen, I don’t want to get personal, but I noticed you don’t have a vaccination scar on(a))

your arm. I’ve heard that it’s controversial in some parts of the United States...

Samantha：

I know what you mean, but all that was just starting around the time I was born.

Yui：

(

Samantha：

My parents were totally for vaccination. I’m sure I was vaccinated.

Yui：

(

Samantha：

Oh yeah, I forgot. It’s on the inside of my arm where you can’t see it.

Yui：

You can do that?

Samantha：

(

(b)

)

(c)

) I don’t see anything.

(d)) The doctor I had when I was a baby was a woman and she told

my parents I’d look better in my prom dress if I didn’t have a scar...

Yui：

Prom... I think I’ve heard that word...

Samantha：[それはね，アメリカの高校の多くで学年末，とくに卒業の時に行われる盛大なダンスパー
ティのことよ。] People dress up and drive around in rented limousines... it’s a really big
deal.

Yui：

It sounds like a nice custom.

Samantha：(Yui：

Wow, that’s a little like Christmas Eve in Japan. In my college, a lot of people hope to(e)) If you don’t have someone to go with, you feel like a real loser.

have a date on Christmas Eve.

Samantha：That’s funny. For lots of people here, Christmas Eve is for going to church!
(

Yui：

(f)

)

Well, we have “Seijin no hi,” but it’s not in high school; it’s when we turn 20. We wear
these fancy, long-sleeved kimonos and the guys wear suits and there’s a big ceremony...
It is kind of a big deal.

127/224

Samantha：

Wow, kimonos. Did you wear one?

Yui：

Yes, last year. It was pink, with a pattern of cherry blossoms, and had these long, long
sleeves called “furisode.” That style of kimono is supposed to be worn only by young, unmarried women. (Samantha：(g)Yes, definitely! (looks at photograph) Wow, you look so beautiful. Those long sleeves arereally something else! (A) Wanna see?

(h))

空所(a)～(h)に入るもっとも適切なものを次の 1～10 の中からそれぞれ一つ選び，その番号を解答欄に記
入しなさい。同じ選択肢を二度使ってはいけません。選択肢の中には使われないものが二つ含まれています。
1

Apparently so.

2

Is it worth an effort?

3

If you don’t want to catch a cold, be careful.

4

So you don’t have anything like a prom in Japan?

5

But I have to be careful, or my arms will get all brown from the sun.

6

I think I have a picture in my phone.

7

Yeah, mine was a lot of fun, but there’s also a lot of pressure.

8

I guess Japanese women don’t have to worry about vaccination scars, do they?

9 Were you vaccinated when you were a baby?
10

But where’s the scar?

B 本文中の[]内の日本語を英語で表現しなさい。

それはね，アメリカの高校の多くで学年末，とくに卒業の時に行われる盛大なダンスパーティのことよ。

128/224

【４１】2016 同志社大学 2/9,学部個別 神商心理グローバル地域文化

次の対話を読んで設問に答えなさい。

(Satoshi is an exchange student at an American university where Taylor is also a student.)
Taylor：Hey, Satoshi! (Satoshi：It’s a YouTube video of the Debate Club Roast.

Taylor：Oh yeah, everyone was talking about it in the cafeteria tonight at dinner. It was really(a))

funny.

Satoshi：

My dictionary says a “roast” is an event at which the guest of honor undergoes “severebanter or criticism,” but I’m having a hard time understanding why everyone thought it wasso funny.

Taylor：Really? Why?

Satoshi：((b)) I mean that’s the leader of the club they’re making fun of! And he’ssitting right there!

Taylor：Well Satoshi, it seems to me he gave as good as he got.

Satoshi：He did get a lot of laughs. [彼の英語は他の人のより分かりやすかったけど，それでもまだ彼が言ったことすべては理解できなかったんだ。]

Taylor：Yeah, like what?

Satoshi：OK, listen to this part:

VOICE on video： “...and furthermore, thanks to my membership campaign, we now have more clubmembers than any other time in our club’s history. You’re welcome.”

Satoshi：Why does he say “you’re welcome”? Nobody said “thank you.”

Taylor：Oh, that’s just a cheeky way of patting yourself on the back.

Satoshi：What?

Taylor：(Satoshi：

I could never imagine anyone saying that in Japanese.

Taylor：Really? (Satoshi：Well, that’s “dō itashimashite.” It means “it was nothing.”

Taylor：Yeah, that wouldn’t work. “Thanks to my great membership campaign, we’ve got all these(c)) Like, “I know you want to thank me... You’re welcome!”(d))

new members, blah, blah, blah... it was nothing.” “It was nothing” is kind of the opposite of“you’re welcome”... But what about “thank you”?

Satoshi：“Thank you” is “arigatō.”

Taylor：((e))

129/224

Satoshi：

Literally, it means “it is very rare.”

Taylor：Hmm, so when someone says “arigatō,” it must be very special. You must reserve the expression for times when someone really does you a service.

Satoshi：(Taylor：In the same way as “thank you”?

Satoshi：Almost. I’ve noticed that, in America, when the shop clerk says “thank you” at the counter,(f)) Actually, people say it all the time.

customers say “thank you” back to him. In Japan customers don’t often say it back when they
pay for something.

Taylor：(Satoshi：

Not usually. There’s this idea that as a customer you’re doing the shop a favor by giving(g))

them your business.

Taylor：Huh.

Satoshi：Hey, instead of learning about American humor, I ended up giving you a lesson in crosscultural understanding. (Taylor：A(h))

You’re a quick learner, Satoshi.

空所(a)～(h)に入るもっとも適切なものを次の 1～10 の中からそれぞれ一つ選び，その番号を解答欄に記
入しなさい。同じ選択肢を二度使ってはいけません。選択肢の中には使われないものが二つ含まれています。
1

You’re welcome.

2

So, what would you say in that case?

3 That makes me blush.
4 What does that mean?
5

You know, kind of like showing off.

6

You mean Japanese people don’t think that’s rude?

7

It seems pretty disrespectful to me.

8 No, not really.
9

Because I really like the menu.

10 What are you watching there?

B 本文中の[]内の日本語を英語で表現しなさい。

彼の英語は他の人のより分かりやすかったけど，それでもまだ彼が言ったことすべては理解できなかったんだ。

130/224

【４２】2016 同志社大学 2/10,学部個別 社会

理工

次の対話を読んで設問に答えなさい。

(John is flying back to the UK this morning. Satoshi is now seeing him off at Kansai International Airport.
They have just got off the train and are making their way into the terminal building.)

Satoshi：(looking at his watch) It’s only a quarter to nine. We’ve got two hours left before your flight,
John. You know, I didn’t eat any breakfast this morning and I still feel sleepy. So let’s go forbreakfast now.

John：

Oh no, Satoshi. I must get checked in before anything else. Everyone’s got to do that atleast two hours before their plane departs.

Satoshi：((a)) It’s on the fourth floor, isn’t it? We need to get into that elevator. Oh,

I should say ‘lift’, right? (They get inside.)John：

Is that one of your jokes? I understand American English, you know. You don’t have totranslate it for me.

Satoshi：No problem. You’re a little stressed out this morning, aren’t you? (lifting up John’s suitcase)Argh, how come your suitcase is this heavy? I bet it weighs more than 20 kilos. I think you’regoing to have to pay the overweight baggage charge.

John：

Here, give it to me. Yeah, you’re right. It is heavy. It must be those hiking boots I bought
in Osaka.

Satoshi：

I told you that my mother could have sent them to you by post. (John：

Yeah, but that would’ve been too expensive. Anyway don’t worry about my bag being over-(b))

weight. My dad always pays off my credit card, if I have to use it. Those hiking boots wereamazing value at that discount store. I could never get them for that price back home.

Satoshi：

I remember last year in London. Everything was ridiculously expensive.

John：

You’re right. Now, let’s see. Where’s the desk for Air Finland?

Satoshi：Look. It’s written on that board. It says F counter. That’s over there. By the way, why didn’t
you choose a Japanese airline, like I did when I flew to London?

John：

Simple. ((c)) You wouldn’t have been able to get up either, Satoshi. Not

with all those computer games you play all night long. This airline has one of the quickest
routes between Europe and Asia. It’s only 10 hours to Helsinki, then three hours from there
to London. I’ll be arriving this afternoon around five o’clock.

131/224

Satoshi：

(

John：

You’re forgetting one thing, Satoshi. The time difference. (Satoshi：

Oh of course. So it’ll be the middle of the night here in Japan. I won’t be asleep yet. Just(d)) Are you travelling on a rocket?
(e))

send an email that you arrived safely.

John：

Of course, I will. Now I’m going to get in the line. [ぼくを待っている間にあのカフェに行って何か食べてきたらどうだい。] And I’ll come over when I’m through here.

Satoshi：That’s a good idea. See you soon, then.

John：(at the counter) I’d like to check in. Here’s my ticket.

Clerk：(after looking at it) That’s fine. May I see your passport, sir?

John：

(

Clerk：(after checking it) Now put your baggage on there. Do you have any fluids or batteries in(f))

that suitcase?

John：

(

Clerk：

Please remember that you pick up your suitcase in London, not Helsinki. It goes all the(g))

way through.

John：

Right, I got it. Phew! I thought I was going to have to pay extra. So my suitcase is not over
20 kilos then?

Clerk：

Yes it is. But this airline allows a maximum of 23 kilos and you’re just slightly under that.

John：

(

A

(h)

)

空所(a)～(h)に入る最も適切なものを次の 1～10 の中からそれぞれ一つ選び，その番号を解答欄に記入しなさい。同じ選択肢を二度使ってはいけません。選択肢の中には使われないものが二つ含まれています。
1

Oh, that’s a relief.

2

I didn’t want to get up at three o’clock in the morning to get to the airport on time.

3

In England we’re nine hours behind you, remember?

4 No, nothing like that.
5

Is there some place you recommend visiting in Helsinki?

6 That’s so fast.
7

You needn’t have packed them.

8

Of course, here you are.

9Your terminal building is now closed.

10

Okay, so let’s go straight to the check-in counter.

132/224

B 本文中の[]内の日本語を英語で表現しなさい。

ぼくを待っている間にあのカフェに行って何か食べてきたらどうだい。

133/224

【４３】2015 同志社大学 2/4,全学部日程(理系) 文化情報

理工 生命医科 スポーツ健康科

心理

次の対話を読んで設問に答えなさい。

(Danny is talking to Brenda after returning from a trip.)Brenda：Hi Danny. When did you get back?

Danny：

Oh, hey Brenda. Just a couple of days ago. But I’ve been so busy catching up on work thatit already feels like I took my trip months ago!

Brenda：So how did you enjoy Boston?

Danny：

It was fantastic! Better than I had expected. In fact, I can’t wait to go back.

Brenda：I know what you mean. I have so many great memories from my days there, being withfriends and taking classes.

Danny：

Oh, that’s right. ((a)) It must have been a wonderful place to study ―such an academic town.

Brenda：

It was, although sometimes I felt like all I was doing was studying! Anyway, I want to hear
about your trip. What kind of places did you visit? Did you go to any museums?

Danny：((b)) You know I love art and painting. Of course I went to the Museum ofFine Arts, which was a real treat. I didn’t realize that it was so big ― one of the largest art
museums in America. They had a lot of paintings from my favorite artists like Van Gogh,
Monet, and Cézanne. (Brenda：(c))

Yeah, I used to love going there when I was a student. They offered free admission once amonth, so I was always marking that day on my calendar to save some money.
(

Danny：(d))

A little bit towards the end of my visit. I wanted to see more, but by that point it was alreadygetting late, and I had already seen so much other art that I was getting a little tired.

Brenda：That’s too bad. The Museum of Fine Arts actually has the most extensive collection of Japanese art outside of Japan.

Danny：

Wow, then I am definitely going back.

Brenda：(Danny：

Well, one of the highlights of the trip was visiting the Gardner Museum. Have you been(e))

there?

Brenda：No, I haven’t. I’ve heard about it but never had the chance to go. It’s in someone’s house orsomething, right?

Danny：

Right. And boy, what a house! It used to be the home of a wealthy Boston art collector in

134/224the early 20th century named Isabella Stewart Gardner. She had it built to look like a palacein Venice.

Brenda：Interesting. (Danny：

It was. And she had wonderful taste in art, everything from ancient Roman sculpture to(f))

19th-century American painting.

Brenda：Was the house redesigned to be like a museum?

Danny：((g)) Before she died, Gardner made it clear that her house and art collec-

tion should be opened to the public. [でも何も変えてはいけなかったので，美術館の中のものは何もかも 1924 年のままなんだ。] It really is like walking through a grand old mansion from100 years ago.

Brenda：That is interesting! Now you’ve given me something to go to see on my next trip back.

Danny：

I would recommend it to anybody, even if they didn’t like art that much.

Brenda：So did you get a chance to try any of Boston’s famous seafood? (Danny：

Sure. In fact, I ate so much I felt as though I should run in the Boston Marathon to burn it(h))

all off!

A

空所(a)～(h)に入るもっとも適切なものを次の 1～10 の中からそれぞれ一つ選び，その番号を解答欄に記
入しなさい。同じ選択肢を二度使ってはいけません。選択肢の中には使われないものが二つ含まれています。
1 What other places did you visit?
2

Did you happen to see any of their collection of Japanese art?

3 Little by little I learned to be economical.
4

I forgot you went to college in Boston.

5 Like clam chowder or raw oysters?
6Sure, that was a big priority.

7

I’ll bet it was beautiful.

8Absolutely! I’d be happy to.

9 No, that’s the interesting thing.
10

I spent almost the whole day there.

B 本文中の[]内の日本語を英語で表現しなさい。

でも何も変えてはいけなかったので，美術館の中のものは何もかも 1924 年のままなんだ。

135/224

【４４】2015 同志社大学 2/5,全学部日程(文系) 神
ポーツ健康科 心理

文 社会 法 経済

グローバル･コミュニケーション

商 政策

文化情報 理工 ス

グローバル地域文化

次の対話を読んで設問に答えなさい。

(Kenji, a student in Kansas City, is meeting his new boss on the first day of his part-time job.)

Jim：

Hi. Are you Kenji?

Kenji：

Yes, that’s me. Mr. Pickett?

Jim：

That’s right, but please call me Jim. Sorry to have kept you waiting so long.
(

(a)

)

Kenji：

No problem, Jim. I’m just happy to be here.

Jim：

Good to hear. Well, before I explain the facilities, why don’t you tell me a little about yourself
and your background?

Kenji：

Sure. ((b)

) I’m in my senior year, so I hope to finish up by next June. Uni-

versity is really expensive, so I need to work here to help pay for tuition.

Jim：

I understand. What are you studying?

Kenji：

Political science, with a special focus on Asian politics. (Jim：That’s logical. I assume you’re from Asia?

Kenji：

Well actually, although my grandparents were from Japan, my parents and I all grew up in(c))

the U.S. I’ve never even been to Japan, but I’d love to go someday.

Jim：

Me too. ((d)) Though I’ve never been to Asia, my wife and I went to Hawaii

for our 10-year wedding anniversary, and we were surprised to see so many Japanese there.
Many of the shop signs, and even some of the street signs, were written in Japanese! It makes
sense, though, because it’s not that far from Japan and it’s such a great place to vacation. Ever
been?

Kenji：To Hawaii? No. [そこはぼくがいつか行きたいもう一つの場所です。ここに比べるととても物価が高いと聞いていますけど。]

Jim：

Well that’s true. I had to save up for almost a year to take that trip. (

(e)

) So

what kind of government career would you like to have in the future?

Kenji：

Hmm. I suppose my dream is to work in a foreign embassy. I think it would be really exciting
to live in a different country and work to maintain good relations with the international community.

136/224

Jim：

It sounds exciting. Probably too exciting for me, though.

Kenji：((f)) They would rather see me settle down into a nice job closer to home,like a businessman or a lawyer. They’re pretty conservative. Or maybe they just want me to be
nearby.

Jim：

Well, I can’t blame them. I have a daughter who is a teenager, and I’d love it if she decided
to stay local after she graduates. ((g)) When I was your age, I couldn’t wait to

get away from my hometown.

Kenji：

Oh yeah? Where did you go?

Jim：

Why right here, only 20 miles away from my parents! I wanted to live somewhere else, but I
guess not too far away. ((h))

Kenji：

Well, that’s just a dream for now. Hopefully, someday it will be a reality.

Jim：

Yes, well speaking of reality, I suppose I should explain the job to you.

Kenji：OK.

Jim：

In this area are the grills. This is where you will make the hamburgers. And over here is thefryer for making French fries...

A

空所(a)～(h)に入るもっとも適切なものを次の 1～10 の中からそれぞれ一つ選び，その番号を解答欄に記
入しなさい。同じ選択肢を二度使ってはいけません。選択肢の中には使われないものが二つ含まれています。
1 Work is more fun if there’s something to look forward to.
2 Not like a foreign country in Asia or somewhere.
3

But I understand your point of view as well.

4

I’ve been working in this factory for more than ten years.

5

I want to become a businessman after I graduate.

6

I’m currently studying at the local college.

7

Yeah, my parents aren’t thrilled about the idea of me working abroad.

8

I hear it’s a beautiful country.

9

After I graduate, I’d like to get a job working in the government.

10

I’ve been running behind all day.

B 本文中の[]内の日本語を英語で表現しなさい。

そこはぼくがいつか行きたいもう一つの場所です。ここに比べるととても物価が高いと聞いていますけど。

137/224

138/224

【４５】2015 同志社大学 2/6,学部個別日程 文

経済

次の対話を読んで設問に答えなさい。

(Kenji is a young Japanese businessman on a business trip to Incheon, South Korea, where he meets a
Korean man, Minsu.)

Minsu：Jo un nal e ne yo!

Kenji：

Huh?

Minsu：

Oh, sorry. I guess you’re not Korean.

Kenji：

No, I’m Japanese. Here on a business trip.

Minsu：

I see. Well, all I said was, “It’s a beautiful day!”Kenji：

It certainly is. I haven’t had breakfast yet. It looked so nice outside that I thought I’d comeout for a walk before it gets too hot. (Minsu：(a))

It is! I walk up here nearly every day, and it keeps me fit. You probably wouldn’t guess it, but
I’ve just turned eighty.

Kenji：

No! Really? I thought you were ... maybe about sixty.

Minsu：(

Kenji：

So what’s the secret?

Minsu：

I’m sorry? I don’t understand ― what secret?

Kenji：

Sorry, I just mean what’s the secret of looking twenty years younger than you really are?

Minsu：

Oh, well maybe it’s walking up this hill! (Laughs.) Seriously, though, I think the most im-(b))

portant thing is making sure that you relax a lot. You Japanese always seem so stressed. But
mind you, the young Koreans are just the same. I often see them walking up this hill and they’re
writing messages on their phones at the same time. ((c)) But, to me, they aredeceiving themselves ... they could just put those phones away.

Kenji：

Sure! ((d)) And you’re right, this view is really worth looking at. I guess

we’re seeing the entire harbor from here?

Minsu：

Pretty much. And you’re looking down on a lot of history. Everyone seems to have come toIncheon: the British, the Chinese, the Russians, the Japanese, the Americans. And they’ve allleft something here. A bit of their culture.

Kenji：

By the way, from my hotel room I could see the statue on the top of this hill. I thought I’dwalk up to it. ((e))

139/224

Minsu：No! That’s Freedom Park up there, and the statue is of the American general, Douglas MacArthur. He’s a big name around here. But tell me what you think of our Korean food.

Kenji：

Oh, I love it! There’re many Korean restaurants in Japan, but this is only the second time
I’ve actually been to Korea, so I’m keen to try it here.

Minsu：You should. But maybe you should try the Chinese food as well. ((f)) Mostof the restaurants have genuine Chinese cooks.

Kenji：

So is Chinese food popular here?

Minsu：

Yes it is, very popular.

Kenji：

Isn’t it great how international the world is now? Here we are talking in English about Chinese food in Korea. It would have been unthinkable fifty years ago. By the way, your English isamazingly good! Have you ever lived abroad?

Minsu：((g)) And I have several foreign friends here who I talk with in English. Plus

I’m part of a “pen friends” group, though nowadays it should really be called “email friends.”

Kenji：

A “pen friends” group?

Minsu：[それは似たような関心を持ついろいろな国の人たちをつなぐ国際的な団体なんだよ。] They arethen encouraged to write to each other ― usually, but not always, in English. For fifteen years
I’ve been exchanging letters and emails with a British professor.

Kenji：

It sounds like a really good idea. Well, I better get to the top of this hill to see the statue!

Minsu：(

Kenji：

Thank you. I will.

A

(h)

)

空所(a)～(h)に入るもっとも適切なものを次の 1～10 の中からそれぞれ一つ選び，その番号を解答欄に記
入しなさい。同じ選択肢を二度使ってはいけません。選択肢の中には使われないものが二つ含まれています。
1

Do you come here often?

2

Enjoy your time here!

3

Everybody says so.

4

Is that some famous Korean?

5 No, but I’ve always enjoyed reading English books.
6

So what about Japanese food?

7 There’s a Chinatown just down at the bottom of this hill.
8 They act like they are too busy to actually look at the view.
9 This is a pretty steep hill!
10 Well, you’ll be glad to hear that I left mine back in the hotel!

140/224

B 本文中の[]内の日本語を英語で表現しなさい。

それは似たような関心を持ついろいろな国の人たちをつなぐ国際的な団体なんだよ。

141/224

【４６】2015 同志社大学 2/7,学部個別日程 政策

文化情報

生命医科

スポーツ健康科

次の対話を読んで設問に答えなさい。

(Caleb, a university student, enters the classroom on the first day of the semester.)Caleb：

Excuse me. Is this the correct classroom for the Modern History course?

Megan：

Yes, it is. Have a seat. I’m Megan, by the way. Have you taken any other courses with thisprofessor?

Caleb：Hi Megan, nice to meet you. I’m Caleb. No, I haven’t. This is actually my first day at thisuniversity.

Megan：(

Caleb：

Well, I probably am. Although I’m just starting here, I’m really in my third year. I just trans-(a))

ferred from the local college where I studied for two years.

Megan：

Oh, I didn’t know you could do that.

Caleb：((b)) It’s a good way to get into this school because it’s much easier to get

accepted here after studying at the local two-year college than it is to get accepted directlyfrom high school.

Megan：

Oh, that’s clever. I should have thought of that!

Caleb：

It was helpful for me to have that option. [高校を卒業してからずいぶん経っていたので，どうやって勉強するのかほとんど忘れてしまっていたんだ。]

Megan：

What were you doing before you started college?

Caleb：(

Megan：

Wow, the Peace Corps. Isn’t that the government program that sends people to Africa?

Caleb：

Sure, but not only Africa. (Megan：

That sounds fantastic!

Caleb：

It was. I met a lot of good people in the Peace Corps, both among other volunteers and in the(c)) I was in the Peace Corps for three years.

(d))

communities we were helping.

Megan：

So were you building houses or teaching English?

Caleb：

Yes, I did both of those things, and I worked in other areas too, like agriculture and youth
development. ((e)) Most volunteers have a specific background or university

degree, so they are placed according to what they do best.

Megan：

Very interesting. You know, I did a lot of volunteer work in my community when I was inhigh school, such as teaching mentally disabled children during the breaks. And last summer

142/224

I went to Thailand for three weeks to help build a school there.

Caleb：You might like the Peace Corps then. You won’t get much income, but it’s a wonderful way
to meet people and build international connections.

Megan：(

Caleb：

Oh, yeah? What’s your major?

Megan：I am actually doing a double major in both international relations and economics. I’m really(f))

interested in each of them, but I have so much stress from doing the work of two majors!

Caleb：

I can imagine.

Megan：

I’ve thought about dropping one of them and just doing a single major, but Professor Truffle
has encouraged me to keep studying both. (Caleb：(g))

Professor Truffle ― you mean the teacher of this course? I’ve heard he’s very strict andassigns a lot of homework.

Megan：((h)) And he doesn’t like people chatting during the lesson, so it’s better tobe quiet when he’s lecturing.

Caleb：

OK, I’ll try to remember that. By the way, are you free after class?

Megan：

Shh! Here he comes now.

A

空所(a)～(h)に入るもっとも適切なものを次の 1～10 の中からそれぞれ一つ選び，その番号を解答欄に記
入しなさい。同じ選択肢を二度使ってはいけません。選択肢の中には使われないものが二つ含まれています。
1

Oh, that’s true. You have to work a lot in his classes.

2

It sounds like a good way to start a career, especially considering what I’m studying now.

3

It’s my first day too. Are you excited?

4 He’s given me a lot of motivation and support.
5

Yeah, it’s pretty common for students at that college.

6 Well, I haven’t talked to him very much.
7

I also worked in Central and South America, and on some Pacific islands too.

8

Oh, really? You look a little older than the typical first-year student.

9

I was more of a generalist, which means I didn’t have any particular skills when I entered.

10

Many things ― traveling, working, volunteering.

B 本文中の[]内の日本語を英語で表現しなさい。

高校を卒業してからずいぶん経っていたので，どうやって勉強するのかほとんど忘れてしまっていたん

143/224

だ。

144/224

【４７】2015 同志社大学 2/8,学部個別日程 法グローバル･コミュニケーション

次の対話を読んで設問に答えなさい。

(Pamela and Barbara have just returned to their university after the Easter break.)Pamela：Hi Barbara! Did you have a good vacation?

Barbara：Yes I did, thanks. (Pamela：Yes, it was good, though I spent a lot of it catching up with all the reading that we’re(a)) How about you?

supposed to do. Did you do anything special?

Barbara：Well, going home to see my parents is always special, but if you mean did I do anything
unusual, there was only one thing really: I went to see my first opera!

Pamela：Wow! An opera. What made you want to go?

Barbara：Actually, I didn’t want to go really! ((b)) You know he plays the trumpet

in the university orchestra, and he’s really into all the classical stuff. Well, when he cameup to visit, he found out that a local opera group was doing a production of a Mozart opera,
and he said that we should go and see it!

Pamela：

And? (

Barbara：It was great! It was much, much more enjoyable than I had expected. It was Don Giovanni(c))

and they sang it in English.

Pamela：Was it easy to follow them?

Barbara：It was! Very easy. I hadn’t expected that, so I read the summary of the story on the Internet beforehand. (Pamela：(d))

But surely opera lovers always know what is going to happen. Probably everyone in thetheater knew the story. It’s not like going to the cinema to see the latest Spider-Man film.

Barbara：You think so?

Pamela：I’m sure of it. The same with Shakespeare’s plays. Don’t tell me anyone goes to the theater
to see Romeo and Juliet and then comes out saying, “I was so surprised that they died at
the end!”

Barbara：I see what you mean. And of course we all watch our favorite movies many times, eventhough we know exactly what is going to happen. So I guess you’re right, opera lovers already know the stories. (Pamela：(e))

I’m sure they do. There are different kinds of excitement, aren’t there? [どんな謎めいた

145/224

話でも，結末がどうなるかわかってしまうと，あまりわくわくしなくなってしまうわ。] But
any story that offers emotional excitement ― you know, broken hearts and things like that― can keep on being exciting. ((f))

Barbara：Wow, you’re starting to sound like Professor Truffle!

Pamela：Am I? Oh dear, well I hope I don’t end up sounding too much like him! I’ll be sending
myself to sleep...

Barbara：(Laughing.) I’m thinking about what you said about excitement. I’m wondering if it applies to Don Giovanni. ((g)) And at the end the ghost of that someone

comes in and drags Don Giovanni down to hell. I knew what was going to happen at theend, but I didn’t know how exciting Mozart would make it. However, if I were to see Don

Giovanni again, I would know. I wonder if it could really be as exciting as before.
Pamela：Is it a satisfying ending?

Barbara：Yes ... I suppose so.

Pamela：It sounds like the sort of satisfaction you get from seeing a villain being punished. There’s
a kind of excitement about that, isn’t there?

Barbara：Maybe. But Mozart makes it complicated, you know. ((h)) Overall, I

wish he hadn’t been dragged down into hell!

Pamela：Yes, and I suppose we wish that Romeo and Juliet didn’t die. But we’re fascinated bythese stories anyway. You’ve made me really curious about Don Giovanni.

A

空所(a)～(h)に入るもっとも適切なものを次の 1～10 の中からそれぞれ一つ選び，その番号を解答欄に記
入しなさい。同じ選択肢を二度使ってはいけません。選択肢の中には使われないものが二つ含まれています。
1

But I wish I hadn’t. It spoiled the experience a bit, knowing what was going to happen.

2

I think operas are mainly about that kind.

3

Don Giovanni is certainly a villain, but there’s something quite attractive about him, too.

4

Sounds like a plan.

5

I wished it would never end!

6

At the beginning, the main character ― that’s Don Giovanni ― kills someone.

7

I wouldn’t believe what she says anymore.

8

It was my boyfriend.

9

I wonder if they still find them exciting?

10 What did you think?

146/224

B 本文中の[]内の日本語を英語で表現しなさい。

どんな謎めいた話でも，結末がどうなるかわかってしまうと，あまりわくわくしなくなってしまうわ。

147/224

【４８】2015 同志社大学 2/9,学部個別日程 神商心理グローバル地域文化

次の対話を読んで設問に答えなさい。

(Jay and Chris are sitting next to each other in a lecture hall, waiting for the teacher to arrive.)

Jay：

Hi Chris, how are you today?

Chris：

Oh, I’m good. What about you? (Jay：It’s one of my gym mornings. I’ve just been in the gym for two hours. This lecture had better(a))

be interesting, otherwise I’m definitely going to have a nap.

Chris：

Two hours? That’s a long time. Is this a once-a-week thing?

Jay：

No, three times a week. I’m doing the classic Monday-Wednesday-Friday training split program. ((b))

Chris：Is it working?

Jay：

What do you mean?

Chris：

I mean, are you feeling much fitter? Do you have more energy?

Jay：

Well, yes ... and no. I feel stiff and tired most of the time, but I’m definitely much stronger.

Chris：(Jay：

Oh, I see, you’re one of those aerobic fitness people! I bet you’ll tell me that swimming up and(c))

down the pool or cycling long distances is better than working out with weights. But there’s
nothing as good as weights for strengthening every part of your body.

Chris：

I’m not so sure. And actually I don’t do long periods of aerobic exercise. Quite the opposite:
I’m following the Tabata method.

Jay：

The Batata method? What’s that, some Spanish thing?

Chris：

It’s the Tabata method, and no, it’s from Japan. It’s named after Izumi Tabata, who invented
it. Well, actually some people say Koichi Irisawa really invented it, but Tabata did the experiments that showed how it could be done most effectively. Anyway, it’s named after him.

Jay：

(

Chris：

It’s a method where you train very intensely for twenty seconds, then rest for ten seconds,(d))

then repeat seven times. So it makes a four-minute workout.

Jay：

Four minutes? You’ve got to be kidding! You mean you train for just four minutes?

Chris：

Well, that’s one exercise. If you did another exercise that would be another four minutes, andso on.

148/224

Jay：

So how many exercises do you do?

Chris：(

Jay：

Still, it seems far too short! I usually spend fifteen minutes just warming up. [このタバタ式(e)) So that’s a twelve- or sixteen-minute workout.

はトレーニングをする時間があまりない本当に忙しい人向けなんだと思うよ。] But as we’re students we can’t make that excuse.

Chris：

You’re missing the point. The Tabata method is for anyone ― well, it’s for most people. You
have to be reasonably fit to even start doing it. The point is that it’s very intense, but short. You
say you spend two hours in the gym. (

(f)

)

Jay：

Hmm ... I suppose it’s about forty-five minutes of actual training.

Chris：

There, you see, you’re spending over 60% of the time resting. ((g)) In theTabata method you’re only resting a third of the time, and it’s because your heart and lungs
have to work so hard. You said, “there’s nothing as good as weights for strengthening every
part of your body.” But I disagree: I’m sure aerobic exercises done the Tabata way make yourheart and lungs work harder. To put this another way, if we had a race up the stairs to the topof this building, I expect I’d beat you.

Jay：

Maybe. But I guess that I could carry you up those stairs more easily than you could carryme. Which is more useful?

Chris：

That’s an interesting question! But we’re not going to be able to discuss it now unfortunately,as Professor Truffle has just come in. (

(h)

)

Jay：

Yes, almost any exercise! But probably not the Tabata method!

Chris：

Yeah, that would be too much for him!

A

空所(a)～(h)に入るもっとも適切なものを次の 1～10 の中からそれぞれ一つ選び，その番号を解答欄に記
入しなさい。同じ選択肢を二度使ってはいけません。選択肢の中には使われないものが二つ含まれています。
1

Are your muscles any bigger?

2 Now he’s a man who needs to exercise!
3

So what is it?

4

You know, with a rest at the weekends.

5

And I bet that’s mainly because your muscles are tired.

6

But how much of that time is actually training and how much is resting?

7

You look really tired.

8 Usually three or four.
9

I take extra protein.

149/224

10

But strength is not the same as fitness.

B 本文中の[]内の日本語を英語で表現しなさい。

このタバタ式はトレーニングをする時間があまりない本当に忙しい人向けなんだと思うよ。

150/224

【４９】2015 同志社大学 2/10,学部個別日程 社会

理工

次の対話を読んで設問に答えなさい。

(Yuko sits down next to David on a bus in the Lake District, England.)

Yuko：

Excuse me, do you know if they announce the bus stops on this bus?

David：You mean, tell you where you need to get off? ((a)) Basically people are ex-pected to know where they need to get off.

Yuko：

I know I need to get off at the first bus stop in Grasmere, but I’m worried I might miss it.

David：((b)) I know this route. I’ll tell you when you need to get off. So where areyou from?

Yuko：

I’m from Japan.

David：Is this your first time in England? What are you doing here?

Yuko：

Yes, it’s my first time! I’ve wanted to come here for a long time, though. I studied English
literature at a university in Japan. ((c)) Since then I’ve worked for two years,

and now I can afford to come.

David：So let me guess. You’re going to Grasmere because of the poet William Wordsworth, andyou’re going to visit his house there?

Yuko：

Yes! How did you know?

David：((d)) That was a bit of a giveaway. Plus so many of the tourists who come toGrasmere come because of Wordsworth. And if that wasn’t enough, I can see you’ve got a copyof Wordsworth’s poems in your bag!

Yuko：

(

(e)

) I want to read some of his poems actually in his house and garden. They

are very special to me.

David：

That’s a tiny little book!

Yuko：

Yes, we Japanese love small books! We find your books so big most of the time. And the small
size is certainly an advantage, given that I’ve had to carry this from Japan.

David：

Yes, I can see that. Is it a Japanese translation of Wordsworth’s poems?

Yuko：

It is, but it also has the original English poems. See! (Showing the book.) English on one side,
Japanese on the other. Plus there’re some notes at the back by Professor Truffle.

David：

Professor Truffle? Who’s that?

Yuko：

I don’t know. It just says: “With notes by Professor Timothy R. Truffle.” [いくつかの注は，詩151/224

が実在の人物や場所とどのように関わっているのかを説明しているので，とても役に立つんです。]
Do you like Wordsworth’s poetry?

David：

I’m afraid I haven’t read much of it. I had to read a few of the famous poems in high school,
like most British kids, but I studied sports science at university, and haven’t really read any
poetry since.

Yuko：

So what do you come to the Lake District for?

David：The mountains! I love climbing. And I’m lucky, I live in Lancaster, which is only forty minutes
by train from Windermere, where we caught this bus. So I can leave home in Lancaster and be
climbing in the mountains here less than two hours later.

Yuko：

(

David：

An umbrella?! No, certainly not. No one climbs here with umbrellas ... well almost no one.
(

(f)

(g)

) I hope you have an umbrella!

) You know, if wind gets inside the umbrella. But don’t worry, I have a very

good waterproof jacket! Now, let me see. I think the next bus stop is the one you need. Do you
know where you need to go after you get off?

Yuko：

Not really, though I do have a map.

David：

Well, cross the road ― and be careful, it’s a very busy road ― then turn a little to the right,
and you’ll see a big sign. It directs you to Wordsworth’s house. (Yuko：

Thank you so much for helping me and being so friendly!

David：

It was really nice to meet you! Have a great time here.

Yuko：

Thank you!

A

(h)

)

空所(a)～(h)に入るもっとも適切なものを次の 1～10 の中からそれぞれ一つ選び，その番号を解答欄に記
入しなさい。同じ選択肢を二度使ってはいけません。選択肢の中には使われないものが二つ含まれています。
1

It looks like it might rain.

2

And yes, this is your stop!

3 When do I have to pay for the bus fare?
4

I don’t think they do, I’m afraid.

5

Oh goodness, yes it’s pretty obvious, isn’t it?

6

But I didn’t have enough money to travel to Europe at that time.

7 We hardly have rain around here at this time of the year.
8 Well, you mentioned English literature.
9

It can actually be dangerous.

10 No problem!

152/224

B 本文中の[]内の日本語を英語で表現しなさい。

いくつかの注は，詩が実在の人物や場所とどのように関わっているのかを説明しているので，とても役に立つんです。

153/224

【５０】2014 同志社大学 2/4,全学部日程(理系) 文化情報

理工 生命医科 スポーツ健康科

心理

次の対話を読んで設問に答えなさい。

(Iwao and Jerry, university students, happen to meet on campus.)

Iwao：

Well, what is this, your third week in Japan?

Jerry：(

Iwao：

And it’s lunchtime. [たぶんまだ君が食べたことがない，いかにも日本的な食事に連れて行って(a))

あげたいとずっと思っていたんだ。]

Jerry：

I’m not sure you could do that. I’ve been lucky enough to try some wonderful dishes with someother friends already: tempura, tofu dishes, sushi, even super-fresh sashimi that was still moving!

Iwao：

Oh, that’s just the typical stuff that non-Japanese people think is our regular food.
(

(b)

)

Jerry：All right, I’m willing!

Iwao：

Your next class isn’t until three o’clock, right?

Jerry：(

Iwao：

OK, let’s take the bus down to a real, ordinary, Japanese lunchroom.

Jerry：

I’m right behind you!

(c))

(on the bus)

Iwao：

Here, sit down by the window, so you can see better. We’re coming to one of my favorite

youshoku places.
Jerry：

Doesn’t youshoku mean “Western food?”

Iwao：

(

(d)

)

(off the bus)

Jerry：OK, outside the door here we have the usual wax food display of the dishes available. To tell
you the truth, they look completely like Western food to me.

Iwao：

As the proverb goes, “The proof of the pudding is in the eating.”

154/224

Jerry：How do you know that proverb? And you’re correct, too ― almost everybody gets it wrong.

Iwao：

(

Jerry：

Well, if they are, it definitely looks like Western food. Let’s see. Here’s a “Hamburger Steak(e)) The pictures are almost as good as the wax models!

Set!” That looks like a real Western meal, with vegetables and everything.

Iwao：

Do you want to order that? What you see is what you get.

Jerry：

Sounds good. I’ll go with that one. It can’t be Japanese!

Iwao：

Oh, really? Fine. I’ll take “Omuraisu” (points to a picture).

Jerry：

An omelette? That’s huge! How many kinds of vegetables does it have in it?

Iwao：

Not many, maybe none at all.

Jerry：

Really? Then how many eggs are in there?

Iwao：

(

Jerry：

Well, I’m not going to believe that. Did you give the waiter our order? I hope it doesn’t take(f))

too long to get here.

(A few minutes later, the waiter places the dishes in front of Jerry and Iwao. )Jerry：

Iwao, look at this. The waiter must have made a mistake. He gave me your rice.

Iwao：

No, that plate is yours. I have my rice here.

Jerry：

Where?

Iwao：

Inside this omelette. (He cuts the omelette open.)

Jerry：

That omelette is full of rice? What’s the red color?

Iwao：

Ketchup. (Jerry：

So, if this is rice, why isn’t it in a rice bowl?

Iwao：

Because a rice bowl contains gohan, which is eaten at Japanese-style Japanese meals. This(g))

is a Japanese-style Western meal, so the rice is actually called raisu in Japanese, and is served
on a Western-style plate, although it is the regular Japanese variety of rice.

Jerry：How do I eat it?

Iwao：

With a fork, of course. Why don’t you go ahead and try your “hamburg?”

Jerry：(

Iwao：

That’s because it isn’t American “hamburger.” It’s Japanese food: “hamburg.” You’ll have to(h)) Hey, this tastes like American “meat loaf!”

get used to Japanese food all over again!

A

空所(a)～(h)に入るもっとも適当なものを次の 1～10 の中からそれぞれ一つ選び，その番号を解答欄に記

155/224

入しなさい。選択肢の中には使われないものが二つ含まれています。
1 That’s right, because it’s Tuesday.
2 Well, let’s find out.
3 There are some little bits of pork in here, too.
4

Yeah, it’s 19 days, counting today.

5 That would be strange.
6

Sit here, and take a look at the fancy menu there on the table.

7 Five might be a good choice.
8

You mean “hamburger.”9

Oh, maybe two. Just the usual.

10

I’ll bet you haven’t tried some of the things that we usually, actually have for lunch.

B 本文中の[]内の日本語を英語で表現しなさい。

たぶんまだ君が食べたことがない，いかにも日本的な食事に連れて行ってあげたいとずっと思っていたんだ。

156/224

【５１】2014 同志社大学 2/5,全学部日程(文系) 神クス複合(昼夜)

政策

文化情報

理工

文 社会

スポーツ健康科

法 経済 商－商学総合(昼主)商－フレッ

心理 グローバル･コミュニケーション

グロー

バル地域文化

次の対話を読んで設問に答えなさい。

(Carlos and Somchai are sitting in the university coffee shop discussing movies.)

Carlos：Have you heard of that movie Searching for Sugar Man?

Somchai：(

Carlos：Well, it’s about a guy named Sixto Rodriguez, who was a rock singer in Detroit. He re-(a))

leased a couple of albums in the 1970s.

Somchai：Okay, now it is coming back to me. As I recall, they both were failures.

Carlos：Right. But something funny happened. Probably something that has never happened in
the history of rock ‘n’ roll.

Somchai：

Really? What was that?

Carlos：Well, the albums were unsuccessful in the United States. (Somchai：

How did that happen?

Carlos：South Africans, somehow, were incredibly impressed and inspired by Rodriguez’s music.

(b))

Yes, he became more popular than the Beatles!

Somchai：

Amazing. But nothing in the United States?

Carlos：Nothing. (Somchai：

Meanwhile, in South Africa, Rodriguez was very famous.

Carlos：Of course, this was way before the Internet and Google. So nobody really knew what hap-(c))

pened to him. [2 つのアルバムの制作者たちは，自分たちが今までに手がけた中でこれが最高の音楽と思ったんだ。] But he just didn’t catch on. They only sold some 50 copies.

Somchai：

Unbelievable.

Carlos：Well, then a record store owner in Cape Town decided to find him.

Somchai：

He obviously was very successful. There was a movie made about him.

Carlos：Well, this record store owner found Rodriguez and gave him a call.

Somchai：

How did that go?

Carlos：Well, he told Rodriguez that he was bigger in South Africa than the Rolling Stones!

Somchai：

Really? How did Rodriguez take that?

157/224

Carlos：(

Somchai：

What happened then?

Carlos：Well, the record store owner arranged a concert tour for Rodriguez and had him and his(d))

family come to South Africa.

Somchai：(

Carlos：Absolutely. The audience screamed for a full 10 minutes before he could sing even one(e))

note. It was like Elvis Presley had come back from the dead.

Somchai：

Still popular, after all these years.

Carlos：((f)) One of his daughters even married a South African and lives therewith Rodriguez’s grandchild.

Somchai：

What does he do with all his money?

Carlos：He gives it away. To his daughters. He still lives in the same house he has always lived
in. (

(g)

)

Somchai：

How about the money from when he was popular in South Africa?

Carlos：Well, he should have been getting money, in the form of royalties, from all the music hesold in South Africa.

Somchai：

But no?

Carlos：No, what happened to that money is kind of a mystery.

Somchai：Has he gotten popular in the United States?

Carlos：Yes, he has gone on tour in the US, Europe, Australia and New Zealand. And he is planning on making another album, I think.

Somchai：

How did the film, “Searching for Sugar Man,” do?

Carlos：(Somchai：

Wow! I’ve got to see this film!

Carlos：How about Saturday night? I just bought the DVD. You could buy some drinks and snacks(h))

and watch it at my place.

Somchai：

Can I bring some friends?

Carlos：Sure. My place isn’t very big, but maybe we can go into the lounge. More people can fit inthere.

A

空所(a)～(h)に入るもっとも適切なものを次の 1～10 の中からそれぞれ一つ選び，その番号を解答欄に記
入しなさい。選択肢の中には使われないものが二つ含まれています。
1 He likes the simple life. It gives him freedom.

158/224

2

Vaguely. Remind me again.

3

Rodriguez is totally ignored in South Africa.

4

But Rodriguez, as he is now known, became incredibly popular in South Africa!

5

Yeah, and he’s gone back several times.

6

After his first two albums failed, he quit singing and got jobs doing construction.

7 His grandchildren didn’t buy his albums at all.
8 Well, he simply replied, “No, I’m just a simple construction worker in Detroit.”
9 Well, it won an Oscar for the best documentary in 2013.
10

I’ll bet the concerts sold out.

B 本文中の[]内の日本語を英語で表現しなさい。

2 つのアルバムの制作者たちは，自分たちが今までに手がけた中でこれが最高の音楽と思ったんだ。

159/224

【５２】2014 同志社大学 2/6,学部個別日程 文

経済

次の対話を読んで設問に答えなさい。

(Joan and her son David, 16, are having lunch in the kitchen.)Joan：

I read an article in the paper. It was written by a university professor who is an expert on
multitasking.

David：Oh really? What does he or she say about it?

Joan：

He did a study a few years back and found that 75% of his students were sleeping with theirsmartphones and that at any one time 25% of students were using four or more media.

David：(

Joan：

Well, for example, Facebook, Twitter, YouTube as well as TV and radio.

David：

Just like me. I always have the TV on, listening to my iPod and emailing my friends while(a))

doing my homework.

Joan：

Well, according to this professor, multitasking is not good. (David：

Well, they had telephones and radios. Wasn’t that a form of multitasking? And then TVs(b))

came around.

Joan：

(

(c)

) When they first came out there was only one TV in the house. Now

there is a TV in every room.

David：

Well, I may have the TV on, but I’m not paying attention. YouTube has more interesting stuff
on it.

Joan：

That’s right. The number of people who have a smartphone, a tablet PC, a laptop computer
along with a stereo system has just skyrocketed.

David：

Well, I have no problem. I’m a great multitasker.

Joan：Well, according to this professor, that is not possible. The social scientists are all pretty muchin unanimous agreement, which, according to him, is pretty rare in his field.

David：(

Joan：

That’s right. People who multitask are terrible at all sorts of tasks.

David：

But people multitask all the time!

Joan：

Yeah, but he said it was like smoking. People smoke all the time while they’re doing other(d))

things. It is a form of multitasking.

David：((e))

160/224

Joan：

Yeah, they compared multitaskers with those people who rarely do. And they found that multitaskers cannot filter out what is irrelevant. They are chronically distracted. They can’t completely do just one thing.

David：

That can’t be right. I can do several things at one time. I do it all the time.

Joan：

Well, this professor said you might think so, but multitaskers had lost the ability to focus on
one thing. He said it was like an addiction.

David：

So, I’m addicted to multitasking? That reminds me. They showed us a video in driver’s education class. (

(f)

)

Joan：

Let me guess, they crash.

David：

Yeah, a horrible crash. A couple of the girls were killed, even though they were wearing seatbelts. I would never do that.

Joan：

Yes, the professor said exactly that. When you’re driving and an email or phone call comes inand you answer it, that becomes your primary task. ((g)) It is basically thesame as driving drunk.

David：

Wow! I guess that video was pretty important. Can anybody really multitask?

Joan：

Well, they think there is a very small group of people who can do two things at the same time
but that there is no evidence that people can do three or four.

David：(

Joan：

Yes! He would like to rename it multiswitching. You’re always switching back and forth be-(h))

tween things. He suggests devoting yourself to doing one thing, like email, for 20 minutes. He
calls it the 20-minute rule.

David：

I don’t think I could do that.

Joan：

Maybe you should try.

David：

Maybe I will. Oh, Mom, I’ve got to run now. I just got an email from a friend of mine whowants me to meet her at the mall.

Joan：

Her?

David：

Don’t worry, Mom, nothing serious. Can I borrow the car?

Joan：

[運転中にスマートフォンを使わないことと晩ご飯までに車を返すことを約束するなら使ってもいいわよ。]David：

A

Sure, fine.

空所(a)～(h)に入るもっとも適切なものを次の 1～10 の中からそれぞれ一つ選び，その番号を解答欄に記
入しなさい。選択肢の中には使われないものが二つ含まれています。

161/224

1 The road becomes the distraction and the windshield becomes just another screen.
2 That’s right. But now there are more TVs than before.
3

And I bet they say that people can’t multitask.

4

But I thought multitasking was good for one’s health.

5

Anyway, that’s something kids in previous generations could not do.

6

But you said earlier a lot of those university students were doing four or more things at thesame time.

7 The girls in it were driving down a road and the driver was emailing while she was driving.
8

Define “crash.”

9 What did the professor mean by “media”?
10

Can they actually test to see if multitasking is really bad for you?

B 本文中の[]内の日本語を英語で表現しなさい。

運転中にスマートフォンを使わないことと晩ご飯までに車を返すことを約束するなら使ってもいいわよ。

162/224

【５３】2014 同志社大学 2/7,学部個別日程 政策

文化情報

生命医科

スポーツ健康科

次の対話を読んで設問に答えなさい。

(Aaron and Ray are having a cup of coffee in the student cafeteria discussing a recent NASA mission to
Mars.)

Aaron：

Did you see that NASA video on YouTube entitled “Seven Minutes of Terror?”
(

Ray：

(a)

) It was about the landing on Mars by the rover Curiosity.

Yeah, pretty amazing stuff. When the space shuttle came home, that was pretty tame.
((b)) With the Curiosity lander, it had to go from 13,000 miles per hour to zeroin seven minutes. My dad bet me 10 dollars that it wouldn’t work. Too complicated, he said.

Aaron：

It was pretty complicated. First a supersonic parachute slowed the capsule down to below the
speed of sound so that these eight rockets could slow it down even further.

Ray：

Then, the sky crane ― a bunch of wires ― took over and gently lowered the Curiosity
lander to the surface, released it, and flew away.

Aaron：((c)) All the engineers had done were computer simulations and they had

tested some landing components, but it had never been fully tested. I can see why your dad had
doubts.

Ray：

And this Curiosity rover is much more ambitious than previous landers, like Opportunity
and Spirit. ((d))

Aaron：

That’s right. As I understand it, it is the size of a small truck and weighs a ton.

Ray：

It is basically a movable chemistry and geologic laboratory. (Aaron：

And don’t forget the laser. It can vaporize pieces of rock and analyze the gas. It’s like a geol-(e))

ogist taking a magnifying glass up to the rock and looking at the individual grains.

Ray：

The engineers at NASA specifically chose a spot, the Gale Crater, where there might havebeen flowing water millions of years ago. ((f)) Maybe some molecular fossils.

Aaron：

They haven’t found anything yet, have they?

Ray：No, but my dad once went to a party with a university professor. He says he discovered fossilized molecules from Mars in the Antarctic several years ago. ((g)) He really

believes it.

Aaron：

Well, the pictures have been pretty amazing too. I especially liked the panoramic view of anearby mountain. I had it on my computer home screen for a while. It almost looked like the163/224deserts in my native New Mexico.

Ray：

(

(h)

) The landing happened during the summer, generating interest in sum-mer camps, at science centers, at museums and even in Times Square. And remember, all thatcoverage had competition with the London Olympics.

Aaron：

Didn’t they put the landing on the Big Screen there?

Ray：

Yes, they did. And if you think about it, Times Square is where they greeted the first astronauts that came back from space and the moon.

Aaron：[スペースシャトルはもう飛んでいないので，宇宙計画に興味をかき立てることなら何でも歓迎だね。]

A

空所(a)～(h)に入るもっとも適切なものを次の 1～10 の中からそれぞれ一つ選び，その番号を解答欄に記
入しなさい。選択肢の中には使われないものが二つ含まれています。
1 He believes that life on earth got its start with compounds that came from Mars.
2 Pretty amazing that it worked at all.
3

Yes, those images and the engineering really generated a lot of attention here on earth.

4 They said it went viral on the Internet.
5

I’d like to try living on Mars.

6

Curiosity will be able to crush rock and analyze the different types of minerals.

7

It took a relatively gentle 40 minutes from space to landing.

8 Lasers are also found there.
9

Compared to those two, which looked like toys, Curiosity is huge!

10 They might be able to tell if Mars once supported life.

B 本文中の[]内の日本語を英語で表現しなさい。

スペースシャトルはもう飛んでいないので，宇宙計画に興味をかき立てることなら何でも歓迎だね。

164/224

【５４】2014 同志社大学 2/8,学部個別日程 法グローバル･コミュニケーション

次の対話を読んで設問に答えなさい。

(Mabel and Blair get out of their car in the parking lot of the baseball stadium.)

Mabel：

This is great! I’ve been dying to get to a good game all season.

Blair：

Yeah, well, you like both teams this time, so you won’t be disappointed.

Mabel：

It’s been a long time since I’ve been inside a stadium. Nowadays, all the great technology lets
us get close up to the players by watching our screens at home.

Blair：You know, selling the broadcast rights to the games is good business for the teams. But I justlearned one thing. [球場のファンの行動を細かく観察することで，チームがお金儲けできるかもしれない。]

Mabel：You mean the Big Screen? That’s nothing new. The fans enjoy being caught on screen!

Blair：

No, not the Big Screen. A computer scientist in New York has come up with some camera
software that can analyze spectators’ situations and use the information immediately or at later
games.

Mabel：You mean the camera can pick up, say, which fans are cheering the most? What would be thepurpose of that?

Blair：

They could stimulate more people to show enthusiasm by, for instance, offering a discount tothem. People who are dancing, yelling, waving banners, will of course inspire the teams. Then,of course, there are also those who can’t get off their cellphones.

Mabel：(

Blair：

But, think about it. How could the teams use the cellphones for their own benefit, and even(a))

the benefit of the users?

Mabel：

They could send them discount coupons for refreshments during the game!

Blair：

Yes, or maybe run some contests that the cellphone users can enter while the game is being
played. You know, they can predict who is going to be the first to steal a base.
(

Mabel：(b))

Right, focus on the play, so that even the cellphone addicts will be sure to pay attention to
the game. Okay, let me see if I can imagine any other possibilities. Hmm. ((c))

I mean, the people who are not showing a lot of excited interest in the game.

Blair：You mean fans who are just sitting while they watch? Well, I heard that teams could send

165/224some T-shirts or something up to that part of the stadium, which fans could buy to show theirloyalty.

Mabel：

Oh, right, it’s buying things that is also important to the business. Some sections of the stadium have fans who really love to eat during the game, and make a real party of it. The various
food and drink salesmen can go where they’re most wanted.

Blair：

It makes you a little uncomfortable, though, doesn’t it? ((d)) You can’t expect

to be hidden even among thousands of people in a baseball stadium!

Mabel：

But, you know, it would be a great chance for fans to use their power as consumers. The
baseball world makes a lot of money from them. (Blair：

Yes, take the Big Screen again. (

(f)

(e)

)

) It could also find out who watches theads on the screen.

Mabel：

Come to think of it, it’s a good thing that we didn’t bring our own snacks to the game today.
It’s against the rules, isn’t it?

Blair：((g)). The guys and gals walking up and down the aisles get paid based onwhat they sell.

Mabel：

Well, before the game starts, I’d better send a quick email to my sister and boast about mygood seats here today. (Blair：(h))

There was a long line at the ticket office, even though the weather forecast said it was supposed to rain. Have you got your raincoat?

Mabel：All set!

A 空所(a)～(h)に入るもっとも適切なものを次の 1～8 の中からそれぞれ一つ選び，その番号を解答欄に記入しなさい。同じ選択肢が二度使われることはありません。
1 Therefore, they should show their true feelings and realize that their choices may improve theirentertainment.
2

Yes, because the businesses here want to sell a lot to the fans.

3 That’s very annoying ― they’d better stay home.
4 How about fans who are the opposite?
5 While it has its eye on the fans, it shows the faces of various fans.
6 They can even make a guess on which player is going to hit the first home run.
7

I didn’t think there would be any left.

8

I mean, somebody has an eye or two on you when you aren’t really aware of it.

166/224

B 本文中の[]内の日本語を英語で表現しなさい。

球場のファンの行動を細かく観察することで，チームがお金儲けできるかもしれない。

167/224

【５５】2014 同志社大学 2/9,学部個別日程 神商－商学総合(昼主)商－フレックス複合(昼夜) 心理 グ

ローバル地域文化

次の対話を読んで設問に答えなさい。

(Jerry and Herb, university students, happen to meet on campus.)

Jerry：

Hi, Herb! How are you feeling? Boy, I’m relieved that I finished choosing my classes for thissemester. I was able to get the professors that I wanted for all my courses!

Herb：

Me, too. (Jerry：

Is something terrible happening that I don’t know about?

Herb：

I’ve read in some journals about a new idea for the future of university education. It’s the(a))

MOOC, which means Massive Open Online Courses. Some well-known universities are starting
to prepare these MOOCs, which would be open to, basically, everybody.

Jerry：

Teaching things online isn’t a new idea at all. There are so many examples of various subjects,
like foreign languages, that people can learn through their computers. (

Herb：

(b)

)

Did you take a course outside campus? Did you continue studying? Did you take tests and geta grade? Do you know how to get along in French now?

Jerry：

Come on, don’t embarrass me! French is a hard language, and I got confused, and it was hard
to concentrate. Anyway. I wasn’t taking the course for a grade. ((c)) Besides, I

could just sit in my room and relax.

Herb：

But, see, that’s different from what a MOOC would be. Professors who are well-known intheir fields are making actual university courses, which students would have to register for andcould get university credit for. The students who are accepted into a course would listen to
online lectures, ask questions, participate in online discussions, and take multiple-choice tests.

Jerry：((d)) Everybody knows that multiple-choice tests are a lot easier than essay

tests! And couldn’t we just cheat on the tests, since the professor wouldn’t be looking?

Herb：

(

(e)

) The goal is to take advantage of what online teaching can offer students,

and try not to lose the good and useful points of in-person classes, like we have now. You seemto be interested only in getting an easy grade, not in really learning anything.

Jerry：

Well, how can these courses work? It seems very difficult to me.

Herb：

There is quite a lot of disagreement among universities, and among individual professors,
about whether this concept is a reasonable direction for education to take. It’s complicated,

168/224because there are so many things to consider.

Jerry：

But for now, we just have to go to classes in regular university buildings. I never thought I
would be so happy to stick to tradition!

Herb：

Well, I am, too, but I am curious about this new system being developed. One of the big problems seems to be how to adapt it to the teaching of humanities courses. (Jerry：(f))

Yes, I know science and math involve calculations with numbers, and not necessarily vague
philosophical concepts. I suppose that would make grade calculation easier.

Herb：

Yes. [僕は化学を勉強しているから，オンラインで学習するなら，どんなコースがよいか，ずっと考えているんだ。]

Jerry：

As you said, though, MOOCs are a pretty new idea. (Herb：

If they become common at all.

Jerry：

What if universities actually disappear as a result? Would students ever want to go to grad-(g))

uate school if they couldn’t teach at a university?

Herb：

My brother teaches, but he went to graduate school simply because he wanted to learn asmuch as possible.

Jerry：(

Herb：

I’ll tell you what I want to do right now. Get a cup of coffee!

(h)) I just want to concentrate on what I have to do right now.

A 空所(a)～(h)に入るもっとも適切なものを次の 1～8 の中からそれぞれ一つ選び，その番号を解答欄に記入しなさい。同じ選択肢が二度使われることはありません。
1

MOOCs will not be like any kind of course anyone has taken before.

2

But I’m wondering how many years classes like ours will actually last.

3 The manner of evaluation is different from that of science courses.
4

I started learning French last year.

5 Whew! I don’t want to think about the future of studying.
6

I was just trying something new.

7 That sounds easy enough to me.
8 We’ll have graduated by the time they are common.

B 本文中の[]内の日本語を英語で表現しなさい。

僕は化学を勉強しているから，オンラインで学習するなら，どんなコースがよいか，ずっと考えているんだ。

169/224

170/224

【５６】2014 同志社大学 2/10,学部個別日程 社会

理工

次の対話を読んで設問に答えなさい。

(Nick and Yumi are reviewing their notes from a recent lecture on Monarch butterflies.)

Yumi：

The Monarch butterfly is in real trouble due to habitat destruction.

Nick：

Sure seems so. According to the lecture, they have a record that goes back 20 years. This past
year, one Mexican Monarch butterfly colony that was once 52 acres went down to 3 acres.

Yumi：

Yes, just going down and down. ((a)) There was a big storm in 2010 which

killed Monarch butterflies with butterflies on the ground three feet deep.

Nick：

From this, they were able to estimate the number of Monarch butterflies at about 20 million
per acre. Plus the number of colonies are way down. ((b)) They may not be able

to recover.

Yumi：

It seems the deforestation is to blame. The forest is pretty high in the mountains and thecover of the forest keeps the butterflies warm. Well, they cut down the forest and without thecover, when it rains the butterflies get wet, then freeze and die early in the morning.

Nick：

And there is another problem. ((c)) In the spring, they migrate to Texas

where they breed. Then during the summer, they migrate to the northeast of the United States.

Yumi：

(

(d)

) There is also another big problem. [その蝶たちが食べる唯一の植物はトウワタ(milkweed)と呼ばれているものらしいよ。] Well, the milkweeds are being killed off by
powerful weed-killers.

Nick：Yes, the main crop in those areas are soybeans and corn that are genetically engineered toresist these high-powered weed-killers. When sprayed on soybeans and corn, the milkweed dies.
((e)) You could gaze out over a field of soybeans and not see a single milkweed

or any other plant. Just soybeans or corn.

Yumi：

Changing agricultural habits is going to be hard, but there is something average people can
do. (

Nick：

(f)

)

Yes, the Monarch butterflies are very, very good at finding milkweeds. Remember, the professor showed this video during the lecture of a butterfly heading straight for a group of milkweeds. Pretty impressive.

Yumi：

Another thing. ((g)) And not just the shoulders but also the middle of the

highways.

171/224

Nick：

Another effect of these powerful weed-killers is that they kill off all the flowering plants andthis affects all the birds and insects. So the highway departments could also include wildflowers
in their plans. It would be great if all the highways were lined with milkweeds and other wild
flowers. That way, all insects and birds would benefit.

Yumi：

So, plant milkweeds and wildflowers.

Nick：

(

(h)

)

A 空所(a)～(h)に入るもっとも適切なものを次の 1～8 の中からそれぞれ一つ選び，その番号を解答欄に記入しなさい。同じ選択肢が二度使われることはありません。
1

In previous years they had 17 sites, this year only nine.

2 The government could line all the highways with milkweeds.
3

Researchers are really worried about the population.

4

And stop the destruction of the forest.

5 They can go and buy some milkweed seeds and plant them in their gardens.
6

63 percent of the milkweeds in the soybean and corn belt have been killed in the past decade.

7

Even when they get there, they still face deforestation just as in Mexico.

8 The butterflies only spend the winter in Mexico.

B 本文中の[]内の日本語を英語で表現しなさい。

その蝶たちが食べる唯一の植物はトウワタ(milkweed)と呼ばれているものらしいよ。

172/224

【５７】2013 同志社大学 2/4,全学部日程(理系) 文化情報

理工 生命医科 スポーツ健康科 心理

次の対話を読んで設問に答えなさい。

(Chan and Rie are at Kansai International Airport. They are on their way to study abroad in the UnitedStates. They finished checking in at the airline counter and now they are waiting in a very slow-moving
line on their way to the security checkpoint.)

Chan：(Groaning) This line is taking forever, isn’t it?

Rie：

That’s for sure, but luckily the airline counter check-in went smoothly. ((a))

Did you check the monitor to see if our plane is on time?

Chan：

No, I didn’t, but my instinct tells me that it’ll depart on time, since there’s no bad weather
now. After this turtle race we still have to go through the immigration check too.

Rie：

Right, we have to get all of our forms examined and stamped. (Pause) By the way, are you in
an aisle seat or a window seat?

Chan：

I reserved a window seat, three rows ahead of yours, I think. I like to lean against the window
and fall asleep. Don’t you?

Rie：

(

(b)

) I can’t sleep on the plane. I need a real bed. Unlike you: I’ve seen theway you fall asleep in class and in the library. I’ve even seen you fall asleep while standing on
a train...

Chan：

(

Rie：

Ha-ha. Also, I feel trapped in a window seat. I like to get up and move around so I took the(c))

aisle seat.

Chan：

If I fall asleep, time goes by much faster. I get on board, eat, sleep, wake up, and then before
you know it, “Ladies and gentlemen, we are now beginning our descent.”

Rie：

It doesn’t work for me that way, but I pass the time by catching up on movies. By the time
we get to San Francisco ((d)) From my perspective, flying overseas is a regularfilm festival. You can watch films from several countries and in several languages with English
subtitles. (

Chan：

(e)

)

What about when someone in your row gets up? Personally, I don’t like taking my headphones
off and undoing my seatbelt to let him or her out.

Rie：

(

(f)

) But I like to get up and use the restroom, walk around and stretch when-ever I feel like it. Don’t you like movies?

173/224

Chan：(Rie：

I never have time to watch movies except on a plane.

Chan：

That’s because you study so hard!

Rie：

Hey, I’m not a natural-born genius like you! Some of us have to work hard for our grades.

Chan：

Now you’re funny! Still, I’d rather sleep than watch films. (Looking at the top of the line) Oh,(g)) Everyone likes films, but not on a plane.

look at all of the security officials up there.

Rie：

Good grief.

Chan：[セキュリティー・チェックはますます厳しくなっているけど，安全のためには我慢しなきゃね。]

Rie：

You got it. It’s doubtful that security procedures will become more relaxed in our lifetime.
(Reaching the top of the line, hurrying to take out belongings) Finally! Here goes. Let’s see... I
think I need at least six or seven trays ― one for my carry-on bag, one for my purse, one formy laptop, one for my jacket, another for my liquids, and another for my shoes...

Chan：(Amazed at the amount of Rie’s stuff) Wow! You brought your whole house with you, didn’t
you? If I discover that I forgot something, I think I’ll go look for you in your aisle seat.

Rie：

A

(

(h)

) You’ll be sound asleep, remember?

空所(a)～(h)に入るもっとも適切なものを次の 1～10 の中からそれぞれ一つ選び，その番号を解答欄に記
入しなさい。選択肢の中には使われないものが二つ含まれています。
1

I never take my shoes off on a plane.

2 That way it’s good English language reading practice, too.
3

Yes, I think they have Japanese movies.

4

I won’t be waiting for you.

5

It’s one of my natural talents.

6 Well, it is kind of troublesome to have to do that for other passengers.
7 No, not me.
8

I will have watched about five movies.

9

I’m glad our study abroad adviser told us to come early.

10

Of course I do.

B 本文中の[]内の日本語を英語で表現しなさい。

セキュリティー・チェックはますます厳しくなっているけど，安全のためには我慢しなきゃね。

174/224

【５８】2013 同志社大学 2/5,全学部日程(文系) 神クス複合(昼夜)

政策

文化情報

理工

文 社会

スポーツ健康科

法 経済 商－商学総合(昼主)商－フレッ

心理 グローバル･コミュニケーション

グロー

バル地域文化

次の対話を読んで設問に答えなさい。

(Abdul and Keiko are international students in Davis, a small city in America. They talk to each otherafter their class.)

Abdul：Hi Keiko! How are things going with your host family?

Keiko：Hi Abdul! My host family is great! ((a)) It has so many rooms I almost feellike I could get lost in it. Why were you late for class? Did you get lost?

Abdul：

I didn’t get lost but it took longer than I thought it would to get here. ((b))

Besides, I’m not used to the bus system yet.

Keiko：

Oh, you came by bus. Guess how I came!

Abdul：

Did your host mother give you a ride?

Keiko：

No, I came by bicycle.

Abdul：You got a bike already?

Keiko：

Just a cheap one.

Abdul：((c)) I remember my professor said, “When you get to Davis, buy a cheap

bike and an expensive lock, so that it won’t get stolen.” How was it, riding your bike here?

Keiko：

It was challenging, actually. The traffic was heavy this morning so I’m surprised I made it
here without any injuries. I have so much to unlearn!

Abdul：

Unlearn?

Keiko：

Yes. In Kyoto, where I’m from, we sometimes ride our bikes on the sidewalk, but here in
Davis we have to ride on the street and obey the traffic laws. I’m so used to riding alongsidepedestrians, in any open space in any direction. (Abdul：

I see what “unlearning” means now. (

(d)
(e)

)
) In my home in Dubai I learned

British English. You just reminded me: I should use the American word, “sidewalk” and unlearn
the British word, “pavement.”

Keiko：

Good idea. By the way, are you going to get a bike?

Abdul：

No, I never got used to riding a bicycle. ((f)) Except for the crowded roads

you mentioned, Davis is refreshingly vast and open, so I prefer walking or taking the bus. On

175/224the first day here, however, all the extra space was almost making me dizzy.

Keiko：

Oh, really? You’re from Dubai, right? I remember seeing that giant tower from there in thelatest Mission Impossible movie. Now that’s my idea of dizzying.

Abdul：

It’s called Burj Khalifa, the tallest tower in the world, depending on the definition.

Keiko：(

Abdul：

No, it’s as real as I am.

Keiko：

Well, Tokyo just got the world’s second tallest tower. Technically it’s still shorter than the(g))

one in your country and doesn’t look as futuristic. I think I would be too scared to look out thewindow from either of them, though.

Abdul：

A lot of people would agree with that. Oh, what did you think of the new Mission Impossible?
I had mixed feelings about it. [アクション映画は，ちょっと単純で展開を予想しやすいところはあるけど，うまく作られていて，満足のいく娯楽を提供してくれるよ。]

Keiko：(

Abdul：As thrilled as riding a bike in Davis?

Keiko：

Now that’s a tough question.

Abdul：(Using words from the film) Well, “your mission impossible, should you decide to accept it,”(h)

) The end. No surprise there. But it had me thrilled!

is to keep riding your bike safely!

Keiko：

A

I think that’s possible.

空所(a)～(h)に入るもっとも適切なものを次の 1～10 の中からそれぞれ一つ選び，その番号を解答欄に記
入しなさい。選択肢の中には使われないものが二つ含まれています。
1

My friend bought a used lock for her bike.

2

Davis is more spread out than I’d imagined it to be.

3 To tell the truth, I thought it was some kind of fake, digital invention.
4

It means that breaking old habits is sometimes more demanding than learning new ones.

5

My neighborhood in my home country is full of tall buildings, busy people and crazy traffic ―much worse than here.

6 Nowadays bicycles usually come with handbrakes.
7 The hero survived without any major injuries.
8 Now I have to ride on the right-hand side of the road with the cars.
9

Since we’re only here one year, an inexpensive one is best.

10 Their house is incredibly spacious.

176/224

B 本文中の[]内の日本語を英語で表現しなさい。

アクション映画は，ちょっと単純で展開を予想しやすいところはあるけど，うまく作られていて，満足のいく娯楽を提供してくれるよ。

177/224

【５９】2013 同志社大学 2/6,学部個別日程 文

経済

次の対話を読んで設問に答えなさい。

(Two friends Daisuke and Bob meet on the island of Bali and discuss what Daisuke did that day.)

Daisuke：Today, I climbed Mount Batur twice.

Bob：

Twice? Eh! Did you feel in the mood for double the amount of exercise? Or did you enjoy
the view so much that you had to see it a second time? (Laughs)

Daisuke：(Laughing) No. ((a)) This morning, I needed to pack really early to go to

the mountain. I then climbed it with a guide in the dark before dawn. From the summit, wewatched the sunrise and then descended the mountain.

Bob：

OK. But why did you climb it a second time?

Daisuke：Well, I was very sleepy when I was packing in the morning. By mistake, I packed mysecurity belt into my backpack.

Bob：

(

Daisuke：Yes, you’re right. I normally do that, because it has my passport, flight tickets, credit(b))

cards and all my money inside it. Basically, it has all my most important things that I needfor returning to Japan.

Bob：

True. Things that you don’t want to be lost or stolen. Oh no. What happened then?

Daisuke：(Bob：

How did you notice that?

Daisuke：Well, I remembered that I had opened my pack a few times to take out my water bottle,(c))

some sandwiches and some spare clothes. ((d)) What if my security belt

had fallen out in the dark? I quickly looked inside my pack and my worst fears were realized: it had gone.

Bob：

What did you do after you realized it had gone?

Daisuke：

I told my guide what had happened.

Bob：

What did he say?

Daisuke：

He offered to take me up the mountain again for extra money.

Bob：

(

Daisuke：Exactly! (Laughing) And I couldn’t promise him any money, so I had to climb the moun-(e))

tain again alone.

178/224

Bob：(

Daisuke：

Actually, in the daytime, the trail is really easy to follow. I had followed it once already(f)) Could you find your way OK?

in the dark and I could see the summit. My only worry was whether I could find my security
belt.

Bob：

Yes, of course. Did you find it?

Daisuke：

I didn’t find it, myself. In panic I ran up the mountain! [それからぼくは，食べ物や着替えを取り出すために立ち止まった場所を，何度も何度も念入りに調べたんだ。] Feeling depressed,
I began my descent a second time.

Bob：

(

Daisuke：Luckily, a local boy appeared near the base of the mountain. He was waving my security(g))

belt like a flag.

Bob：

(

Daisuke：

Some money was missing. All of my Indonesian rupees had gone and about 40,000 yen.

Bob：

Oh no. What about the other items?

Daisuke：Luckily, my credit cards, passport, flight tickets and 2,000 yen were still in the belt.

Bob：Considering the day you’ve had and the money you’ve lost, let me buy you a drink!

(h)) Was everything inside it?

(Laughs)

Daisuke：A

Thank you. I’ll try not to drop it.

空所(a)～(h)に入るもっとも適当なものを次の 1～10 の中からそれぞれ一つ選び，その番号を解答欄に記
入しなさい。選択肢の中には，使われないものが二つ含まれています。
1 Unfortunately, after descending the mountain, I realized that I might have dropped my security belt.
2 What a relief!
3

I then had a wonderful feeling of joy.

4

I wish those were the reasons.

5 That must have been scary!
6

Don’t you normally keep your security belt around your waist for safety?

7

So if you didn’t find your security belt, how did you get it back?

8

I then had a terrible feeling of panic.

9

Don’t security belts usually hide your secret travel essentials?

10

But you had no money because you’d lost your security belt!

179/224

B 本文中の[]内の日本語を英語で表現しなさい。

それからぼくは，食べ物や着替えを取り出すために立ち止まった場所を，何度も何度も念入りに調べたんだ。

180/224

【６０】2013 同志社大学 2/7,学部個別日程 政策

文化情報

生命医科

スポーツ健康科

次の対話を読んで設問に答えなさい。

(Shunji goes to see the doctor after a snowboarding accident at a ski resort in Korea.)

Doctor：Good morning. So, how can I help you?

Shunji：I seem to have injured my neck and back.

Doctor：(Shunji：I was snowboarding on the slope in Dragon Valley, but I went too fast and lost my concen-(a))

tration. Suddenly, the edge of my snowboard got caught in the snow and I fell headfirst.

Doctor：

You’re very lucky because your accident could have been more serious. (Shunji：I wonder why that could be.

Doctor：I’ve been told that there has been less snow this year. So the conditions have become icier(b))

than normal. This means that people get more serious injuries than they would on soft snow.

Shunji：((c)) (laughs) I’d noticed that the snow in Dragon Valley is harder than I’mused to.

Doctor：Oh really? Was it your first time to come snowboarding here?

Shunji：

Yes. Well, I’m from Japan. I grew up in Hokkaido, so I’m lucky. Since I started walking, myparents took me skiing. Actually, I can ski better than I can swim.

Doctor：

You mention that you grew up learning to ski, but didn’t you just get your injury when you
were using a snowboard? (Shunji：) (laughs)(d)That’s true (smiles). I just started learning to use a snowboard this week from one of myKorean friends. He’s a really good snowboard instructor and I’ve really enjoyed learning fromhim, but I miss using skis. I became so good at skiing that it has been difficult to become abeginner again.

Doctor：I can understand that. I mastered learning English when I was young. I’ve recently started
studying Japanese but (Shunji：(e)) It’s lucky that you can speak to me in English!

Yes. It’s lucky that we both share this international language. Maybe the only Korean wordthat I know is “karubi,” so I’ve been eating a lot of “yakiniku” ... I mean barbecues while I’mhere (laughs).

Doctor：Well, make sure you also eat plenty of kimchi while you’re in Korea. [日本でも同じ名前で呼んでいるけれど，実際にはここのキムチにはたくさんの種類があるんだよ。]

181/224

Shunji：

I’ll definitely do that. It’s a good idea, thank you.

Doctor：Anyway... let me see your back and neck. (The doctor examines Shunji’s back and neck.)

Doctor：Well, from what I can see, you only have minor bruising on your back and neck.
(

(f)

)

Shunji：Actually, (Doctor：(Shunji：Thank you. Goodbye.

A

(g)

(h)

) I think I’ll go back to the skis.

) (laughs) Enjoy the rest of your holiday.

空所(a)～(h)に入るもっとも適切なものを次の 1～10 の中からそれぞれ一つ選び，その番号を解答欄に記
入しなさい。選択肢の中には使われないものが二つ含まれています。
1

Ah yes, it’s much nicer to fall over in deep comfortable snow.

2

I’m finding it difficult to start from scratch again.

3

I’m really pleased to be able to practice my Japanese everyday.

4I’ve lost my confidence after that accident.

5

OK, that’s a good idea, because on skis you’ll be less likely to land on your head again.

6 This year, more people seem to be hurting themselves than normal.
7

You can go snowboarding again today.

8

I’ve gained confidence to risk new snowboard activities.

9 How did that happen?
10

Maybe you can ski better than you can snowboard?

B 本文中の[]内の日本語を英語で表現しなさい。

日本でも同じ名前で呼んでいるけれど，実際にはここのキムチにはたくさんの種類があるんだよ。

182/224

【６１】2013 同志社大学 2/8,学部個別日程 法グローバル･コミュニケーション

次の対話を読んで設問に答えなさい。

(Mr. Sato is at Manchester’s Piccadilly Train Station. He is reporting a problem to Mr. Jones, who is astation office worker.)

Mr. Sato：

Hello, I need to report a lost bag.

Mr. Jones：

Oh dear. Please tell me what happened.

Mr. Sato：

Well, I took the Intercity Express Train from London Euston, which travels north toward Liverpool Lime Street Station. I then changed to the local train at Crewe to come toManchester.

Mr. Jones：(

Mr. Sato：

No. I boarded the local train that I believed would bring me here. I had two items of(a))

luggage. I stood with my big suitcase in the carriage at the rear of the train and I put mysmall backpack on the overhead luggage rack. While standing there, I suddenly heard anannouncement that only carriages 1-4 would go to Manchester Piccadilly.

Mr. Jones：

Yes, that’s correct. Only the front half of that train comes here. (Mr. Sato：

After I heard the announcement, I jumped out of the back of the final carriage. I then(b))

ran along the platform and jumped into Car Number 4 just as the doors closed.

Mr. Jones：

I see. When did you realize that you had forgotten your backpack in the other part of
the train?

Mr. Sato：

Actually, it occurred to me just as my part of the train began to move away.
((c)) What should I do?

Mr. Jones：((d)) The station is about one hour south of Crewe.

Mr. Sato：((e)) That gives me just under three hours to go to Crewe, change

trains, go to Birmingham New Street, and then return north back here via Crewe again.

Mr. Jones：(Looking at the train schedule) Yes, the trains are delayed today, too. So you would
miss your business appointment.

Mr. Sato：

Is it possible for a station worker to bring the bag here?

Mr. Jones：

That’s not possible, but let me see if I can find a different solution. ( Mr. Jones talks to

somebody on the telephone.) Okay. I’ve spoken to the stationmaster at Birmingham New
Street. ((f)) However, if it is found, we can put it on the next train to

183/224

Crewe. Your bag will arrive back at that station at 9:05. You can collect it at Crewe andget back to Manchester at 9:35.

Mr. Sato：

Thank you. I think I’d better phone the meeting organizers and then go to collect mybackpack.

Mr. Jones：

Yes, that’s a good idea but before you go, I need to get the details of your backpack. Can
you remember which part of the train that you left it in?

Mr. Sato：Yes. That’s easy (smiling). (Mr. Jones：

What does the backpack look like?

Mr. Sato：It’s about this big (gesturing about 50 cm with his hands). It’s mostly blue with some(g))

black sections and a large pocket in the middle.

Mr. Jones：

Also, may I ask what is inside?

Mr. Sato：[会議で新製品の案を発表するつもりなので，バックパックにはそれに使うコンピュータが入っているんです。]

Mr. Jones：

Oh dear, I hope it gets found. The train has just arrived; let me see what they say. (Mr.

Jones telephones Birmingham New Street Station.) (Mr. Sato：

A

(h)

)

Great! Thank you.

空所(a)～(h)に入るもっとも適切なものを次の 1～10 の中からそれぞれ一つ選び，その番号を解答欄に記
入しなさい。選択肢の中には使われないものが二つ含まれています。
1

I felt really helpless as the train slowly separated from the section containing my backpack.

2 How about buying a new backpack?
3

I can telephone Birmingham New Street Station where the second half of the train will terminate and then you can go to that station to collect your bag.

4

Did you leave your bag at the station or on the Intercity Express Train?

5

I put my backpack on the overhead rack at the front of Car Number 4.

6Good news! They found your bag and everything is in there.

7 We cannot bring your bag here.
8 This confuses many visitors who come to Manchester by train from Crewe.
9 Unfortunately, I must attend a business meeting at 10 o’clock.
10

I was at the back of the final carriage and I put the backpack above the seats on the left side.

B 本文中の[]内の日本語を英語で表現しなさい。

184/224

会議で新製品の案を発表するつもりなので，バックパックにはそれに使うコンピュータが入っているんです。

185/224

【６２】2013 同志社大学 2/9,学部個別日程 神商－商学総合(昼主)商－フレックス複合(昼夜) 心理 グ

ローバル地域文化

次の対話を読んで設問に答えなさい。

(Joan is an American junior high school student. She is supposed to be writing a report on immigration
for her social studies class. Her mother knocks on her door.)

Mother：(Knocking) Hello Joan, can I come in?

Joan：(Sounding hurried) Just a second.

Mother：(Hearing action sounds, opening the door a little ) Joan, are you playing computer games?
(Withemphasis)

You’re((a))

supposedtobewriting

Joan：

My eyes refused to stay open and the games wake me up.

Mother：(Coming

through

(b)

)

(

the

door,

angry)

Playing

your

games

socialwastesstudiestoomuchreport!

time!

Joan：

(Reluctantly) Okay, okay, I stopped the game.

Mother：Did you get any studying done at all?

Joan：

(Looking down, mutters quietly) Of course.

Mother：(Doubtful) Where is the book you checked out from the library last week, the one on immigration history?

Joan：(Looking around) () Uh, somewhere... (Seeing it) I found it.

Mother：Have you been looking at it at all?

Joan：

Of course.

Mother：Did you find a good topic for your report?

Joan：

Yes.

Mother：What is it?

Joan：(Softly) I can’t remember just now. I thought about it two days ago.

Mother：Joan, don’t you like your social studies course?

Joan：

Yes. But most of the topics are about events so long ago. (Mother：Immigration happens nowadays as well. ((c)

are immigrants?

Joan：

Yes. ((f))

186/224

(e)

(d)

)

) Do you have classmates whoMother：

And your family members were just like them once. Open the book. Maybe an idea will pop
out. (Joan opens the book. A long piece of paper falls out.)

Joan：

What’s this?

Mother：

I put it in your book last week when you came back from the library. (With a smile) Now I
have the proof. You didn’t open your book two days ago and you didn’t open it all week.

Joan：(Speaking humorously) Oh, the verdict is in. ((g)) (Looking at the longpiece of paper) Hey, who are all of these people?
Mother：Your ancestors. It’s a family tree. My aunt made it for me when I was your age. There are
as many as ten generations, but for you that’s eleven.

Joan：

Cool. Where are they from?

Mother：Well, you can see that my father’s ― your grandfather’s ― roots go back to some places
that are now France and Germany. They mostly came to the U.S. in the early eighteenth
century.

Joan：

Three hundred years ago?

Mother：That’s right. And here’s my mother’s line going back three generations to Denmark. But on
this tree you can only see my relatives. (

Joan：

(h)

)

Well, that I do know about. He always told us his father came from Russia after the Second
World War. But what about his mother? Wasn’t she adopted?

Mother：I saw on a TV program that the technology exists now for anyone to discover his or herancestral patterns, even if adopted.

Joan：

Wow.

Mother：So, you see? You’re the descendant of immigrants from many places yourself. [こうした人々
や場所とのつながりがわかると，歴史的な話題もずっと身近なものになるのよ。]

Joan：

That gives me an idea. Thanks, Mom!

Mother：Oh? What’s your plan?

Joan：

I want to find a computer game about immigration!

A

空所(a)～(h)に入るもっとも適切なものを次の 1～10 の中からそれぞれ一つ選び，その番号を解答欄に記
入しなさい。選択肢の中には使われないものが二つ含まれています。
1

It’s hard to relate to all of those ancient happenings.

2 Two of my classmates took a trip to New Zealand.
3

I’m guilty as charged.

4 There are stories about immigrants in the headlines every day.

187/224

5 There are two who came from Mexico and Afghanistan.
6

It’s around here.

7

Don’t forget your pen again.

8Your deadline is drawing near.

9

Instead, when you’re sleepy, get some fresh air.

10

Don’t forget about your father’s side.

B 本文中の[]内の日本語を英語で表現しなさい。

こうした人々や場所とのつながりがわかると，歴史的な話題もずっと身近なものになるのよ。

188/224

【６３】2013 同志社大学 2/10,学部個別日程 社会

理工

次の対話を読んで設問に答えなさい。

(Akira and his wife are staying at a resort in Cebu in the Philippines. Akira has telephoned Maria at the
Reception to make a complaint.)

Maria：

Good morning. This is the Reception Desk. Maria speaking.

Akira：

Hi. I’m Akira Taguchi. (Maria：

Hello Mr. Taguchi. How may I help you?

Akira：

Unfortunately, we have a problem.

Maria：

Oh. What’s wrong?

Akira：(

Maria：At the moment, it is the Christmas holiday season. Various businesses have requested to

(b)

(a)

)

) Why is this happening?

hold their Christmas parties at our resort, which include karaoke.

Akira：How long will this continue?

Maria：We have bookings every night this week.

Akira：

This is quite unacceptable. On your website, you advertised this resort as a peaceful paradise,
where guests can relax away from the noise and pressure of the city. We never expected tolisten to karaoke all night.

Maria：

I’m sorry that you feel that way. What would you like us to do?

Akira：

After the long flight my wife needs her sleep. (Maria：

I’m sorry about the problem this has caused for your wife in her condition, but I regret to say(c))

that business groups have booked all our rooms on the other side of the resort.

Akira：

Let me guess. The businesses whose employees sing until the early hours of the morning
outside our room receive rooms on the quiet side of the resort.

Maria：

Well ... (long pause)

Akira：May I suggest that, if you cannot move us to the quiet side of the resort, maybe you could
move the karaoke equipment to a different location? (Maria：

I’m not sure if we can do that, Mr. Taguchi.

Akira：

(

(e)

(d)

) I’ll contact you again after we find alternative accommodation. Good-

bye.

Maria：)

Goodbye. (Later that day, Akira phones the Reception again.)

189/224

Maria：Good afternoon. This is Maria speaking in the Reception.

Akira：

Hello, this is Akira Taguchi speaking again.

Maria：(

Akira：

Yes, we discovered a small quiet resort at the other side of the island, though it was difficult(f))

because this is the peak season.

Maria：Okay.

Akira：

So I’ll come to see you at 3 p.m. to settle the bill and check out.

Maria：(

Akira：

Yes. Could you please order a taxi for us?

Maria：

Of course, Mr. Taguchi, I’ll book that for you. (Akira：

Please don’t worry about it. [夜はカラオケで困ったけれど，昼間は従業員のみなさんがとても

(g)

)

(h)

)

礼儀正しくてよくしてくれました。]

A

空所(a)～(h)に入るもっとも適切なものを次の 1～10 の中からそれぞれ一つ選び，その番号を解答欄に記
入しなさい。選択肢の中には使われないものが二つ含まれています。
1

So we would like to change rooms to the other side of the resort.

2

Did you manage to find another place to stay?

3

May I apologize again for the inconvenience that has been caused?

4

I’m pleased that you decided to stay at our hotel for the remainder of your holiday.

5 For example, you could move it to the area where the business groups’ rooms are located.
6

In that case, I think we may need to check out from this resort.

7

My wife and I checked in last Thursday.

8

Is there anything else I can help you with, Sir?

9Great! It’s wonderful that our hotel has been able to find a satisfactory solution.

10 Well, since we checked in, there seems to be a noisy party on the resort’s beach outside ourroom each night.

B 本文中の[]内の日本語を英語で表現しなさい。

夜はカラオケで困ったけれど，昼間は従業員のみなさんがとても礼儀正しくてよくしてくれました。

190/224

【６４】2012 同志社大学 2/4,全学部日程(理系) 文化情報

理工 生命医科 スポーツ健康科

心理

次の対話を読んで設問に答えなさい。[＊印のついた語句は注を参照しなさい。](Mariko arrived one day ago at a South African sanctuary for wild animals to take part in a nature
conservation program. She is now talking to the director of the reservation at the welcome reception forvolunteers.)

Mariko：(Going up to the director and shaking hands) How do you do? I’m Mariko Honda from Japan.

Johan：

Welcome to the Umuzi Sanctuary, Mariko. Thank you for volunteering to help us.

Mariko：(a)

From what I’ve already seen, the volunteers here are really committed

to making a difference. It’s going to be a lot of fun working around people who care so muchabout the environment.

Johan：

I’m glad you feel that way.

Mariko：To tell the truth, I really wanted to work with animals. I was hoping to be involved with(b)reintroducing lions to the wild but after watching that team this morning from outside thefence, I understood that I lacked the skill. It takes a long time to build up a relationship oftrust with big cats, doesn’t it?
(c)

So I’ve agreed to join the team doing species identification. I’m going tostart tomorrow with the insect listing team at 8 a.m. I can honestly now say that I’m looking
forward to it.

Johan：(Smiling)(d)It’s vital work for us. We need to know about the range of

biodiversity* in the sanctuary so that we can protect it properly and ensure that this placeremains a true paradise for wildlife.

Mariko：I’ll do my best, I promise.

Johan：

Actually, it was founded thirty-four years ago. It was my father who started it. He named(e)it “Umuzi,” which means “family” in Zulu, the local language in this area. Then when he diedseven years ago, I took over his work.

Mariko：Johan：

So this is your home? You’ve lived in Umuzi all your life. How fantastic!
(f)

I love it here even though there is no permanent electricity. Some peo-

ple ask me why I never moved to Lyndenburg. Remember you passed through it on your way
here, with all its shops and restaurants? But I just couldn’t.

Mariko：I understand.

(g)

I love the way you’re working at maintaining harmony

191/224

with nature by using solar power and fire-driven water heaters. It’s amazing and really to be
admired.

Johan：

You’re really enthusiastic, Mariko, and it gives me hope for the future. [あなたのような人たちには，帰国したら，ここでの経験をみんなに広めてほしいですね。] It’s been a pleasure
meeting you. If you run into any difficulties, don’t hesitate to come to me and I’ll try and sortthem out for you.

Mariko：(h)

I really appreciate it.

[注]biodiversity 生物多様性

A 空所(a)～(h)に入るもっとも適切なものを次の 1～4 の中からそれぞれ一つ選び，その番号を解答欄に記入
しなさい。

(a)
1 How have you been?

2

It’s up to you.

4 The pleasure is all mine.

(b)
1 What financial benefits have you been expecting?
2 What personal experience have you got with animals?
3 What project have you been registered for?
4 What skills have you been required to master?

(c)
1

I’d need to have been with their babies from the start.

2

I’d prefer if their babies hadn’t been caught in a trap.

3

I hope that I will have an opportunity to work with their babies.

4

I wish their babies hadn’t refused to be fed by me.

(d)
1 That’s a great help, you know.
2 That’s beyond our control, you see.

192/224

3 Thanks for nothing.

3 That’s quite another thing, I believe.
4 That’s too much for you, I guess.

(e)
1

Also, do you know the founding father of this reservation?

2

By the way, how old is this reservation?

3

Exactly when did your father fund this reservation?

4 Now, are you really fond of the name of this reservation?

(f)
1

Ah, I always wanted to live in a big city.

2

Oh, I already moved somewhere else.

3 Well, I couldn’t afford to settle here.
4

Yeah, I couldn’t live anywhere else.

(g)1

It’s incredibly urbanized here.

2

It’s just so peaceful and simple here.

3

It’s not that clean or comfortable here.

4

It’s so convenient and sophisticated here.

(h)1Don’t mention it.

4

You’re welcome to it.

B 本文中の[2 That’s the thing.

3 That’s very kind of you.

]内の日本語を英語で表現しなさい。

あなたのような人たちには，帰国したら，ここでの経験をみんなに広めてほしいですね。

193/224

【６５】2012 同志社大学 2/5,全学部日程(文系) 神
フレックスＢ(昼夜)

政策

文化情報

理工

文 社会 法スポーツ健康科

経済 商－フレックスＡ(昼主)商－

心理 グローバル･コミュニケーション

次の対話を読んで設問に答えなさい。

(Megumi is attending the Happy Talk Language School in London with students from all over the world.
After struggling for one week in her class, she goes to the Placement Advisor’s Office.)

Linda：

Good afternoon.

Megumi：(Standing at the door) Hello, I’m Megumi Nakata. I’m sorry to disturb you.

Linda：

You’re not. Please come in and sit down.

Megumi：Well, you see, this is the problem. When I arrived last week, I was placed in the most(a)advanced class, but I’m not at all happy there. I want to be transferred to a lower class assoon as possible.

Linda：Oh dear. Just let me check your score in the test you took last Monday. Let me see now.
Oh, but your test performance was really high. Those kinds of results mean that you belong
in the top group of our new students.
(b)

Megumi：In fact, it only means that you’re exactly where you’re meant to be.

But I don’t understand that at all. I have a lot of problems with speaking in English aswell as listening to it. That test last week focused mainly on reading and writing skills so
in fact

Linda：(c)(Looking through some papers) As far as I can tell from the teachers’ reports, you seemto be following all the classes without any major trouble. They do note that you tend to beon the quiet side, though.

Megumi：(Almost in tears) I’m the only Japanese student in the class, you see, and I’ve lost all my
confidence being with those fluent students from European countries. I just don’t have thesame verbal skills as them. They can speak in a really spontaneous way and on top of thatthey have a lot more background cultural knowledge than I do. I can’t keep up with themand I’m finding it increasingly difficult to get to sleep over the stress.

Linda：(Smiling kindly) I suppose it’s a bit like being thrown into the deep end of a swimming
pool, isn’t it? [でも，しっかりした英語の基礎があるのだから，高いレベルの学生たちと一緒に勉強するほうがあなたにとって良いと思いませんか？] That’s the way to make real progress, you know, through peer group influence. To be really frank, I’m also worried that

194/224

(d)Megumi：in the intermediate classes.

Well, that’s what I initially thought, too. But I’ve been talking about it to my Japanese
friends in the lower level classes, and they say that they’re having a lot of fun. The English
conversations they’re having(e)

I think it would be so much better to build up my confidence and flu-ency if I could join that kind of a group now.

Linda：I understand how you feel, Megumi, but you must realize that you’re not doing justice toyourself with this request.

Megumi：I don’t understand what you mean. Are you criticizing me?

Linda：

No, of course not. All I’m saying is that

Megumi：I’m sorry to have to say this, but you’ve got it all wrong. What you are doing in this school(f)is just having the opposite effect on me. You’re making me want to give up and go home.

Linda：(g)

I’ll transfer you to an upper intermediate class this afternoon andyou can see how that works out. You’ll still have the option of going back to the advanced
class whenever you wish. Okay?

Megumi：(h)Thanks a lot. At least I’ll be able to sleep tonight.

A 空所(a)～(h)に入るもっとも適切なものを次の 1～4 の中からそれぞれ一つ選び，その番号を解答欄に記入
しなさい。

(a)
1 How can I help you?

2

3

4 Will you do me a favor?

I’m tied up right now.

I’m on your side.

(b)
1

You are probably in the wrong class.

2

You are very considerate of all involved.

3

You need to take the test once again.

4

You should be proud of yourself.

(c)1that score does not show the whole picture about my English.

2

that score I got was quite disappointing for the teachers here.

195/224

3that score is something that doesn’t count in my country.

4

that score shows my advanced presentation skills in English.

(d)1

you might actually be very bored2

you might be out of your depth

3

you might find the materials too difficult

4

you might lose your self-control(e)1

are more absurd.

2

are not beyond them.

3 do not motivate them.

4lack humor.

(f)1

you are not doing what you should do to bring out your best qualities.

2

your request is reasonable, so we cannot easily turn it down.

3

you should have organized your own schedule beforehand more carefully.

4

you should read more books and improve your writing skills.

(g)1

Oh, don’t be so generous!

2

Oh, don’t be so messy!

3

Oh, don’t make me do it!

4

Oh, don’t say that!

(h)1Enough is enough!

2 How dare you!

3

I’ll see to it!

4 What a relief!

B 本文中の[]内の日本語を英語で表現しなさい。

でも，しっかりした英語の基礎があるのだから，高いレベルの学生たちと一緒に勉強するほうがあなたにとって良いと思いませんか？

196/224

【６６】2012 同志社大学 2/6,学部個別日程 文

経済

次の対話を読んで設問に答えなさい。[＊印のついた語句は注を参照しなさい。](Jun, a Japanese university student, is spending his summer vacation traveling around Britain. He has
just got on a train and is about to sit down opposite Harry and Sue, a middle-aged British couple.)

Jun：

Excuse me, but is this seat taken?

Harry：

No, it’s not. Go ahead and sit down.

Jun：(Jun swings his backpack off his shoulder and sits down.) Thank you.

Sue：

(a)

Jun：

Oh, I have many things in it. It’s almost bursting.

Harry：(Laughing) You look like you have packed everything but the kitchen sink.

Jun：(Very puzzled) The kitchen sink? Excuse me, but I do not understand.

Sue：

It’s a special expression in English.

Jun：
Sue：

(b)
Well, it means that people have packed so many things in their bag that it looks like they
have brought everything with them from home, except the kitchen sink.

Jun：That’s strange. Why a sink?

Sue：That’s an interesting question.

(c)

We just say it without thinking too

deeply about the words.

Jun：Well, I learned an interesting new phrase today. Thank you very much. I’m going to try it out
the next time I see somebody with a full bag.

Harry：(Laughing)(d)Then you won’t forget it. Excuse me, but are you from Ja-

pan?

Jun：

Yes, I am, and I’m traveling around Britain this summer. I’m fascinated by British history
and culture, so I want to see as many interesting places as I can.

Harry：

That’s wonderful.

Jun：

I am going to visit Stonehenge*. My grandfather visited it over forty years ago, and he told(e)me about it when I was a child. He told me he walked around the huge stones and actually
touched them. Can you imagine? Touching something so ancient? My grandfather would be so
happy if I told him I had done the same thing.

Sue：

(f)

Nobody is allowed to go that close now. The whole area is surrounded by

197/224

a big fence.

Jun：(Shocked) But why? I’m afraid I don’t understand.

Sue：

Well, you see, one theory about Stonehenge is that it was a religious site.

Jun：

(g)

Sue：

Yes, that’s right. [現代では，太陽は，もう神秘的なものではなくなったけれども，太陽を昔の方法で崇拝する人々が今でも大勢いるのよ。] The problem is that when a large number of people
go there at one time, there is a risk that the precious stones will be damaged.

Jun：

Is that why nobody is permitted to get close to them now?

Harry：

Yes, unfortunately.

Jun：

(h)

I’ll have to content myself with taking photos from a distance. At least

I can show those to my grandfather.

Sue：

Yes. He’ll be very happy to see them, I’m sure.

[注]
Stonehenge

ストーンヘンジ(イングランド南部にある先史時代の環状列石)

A 空所(a)～(h)に入るもっとも適切なものを次の 1～4 の中からそれぞれ一つ選び，その番号を解答欄に記入
しなさい。

(a)
1

Did you get your bag in London?

2 That bag looks incredibly heavy.
3 Watch out for your bag, or it might get stolen.
4 Where are you going with that bag?

(b)
1

I don’t follow you.

2

I love kitchen tools.

3 That will be hard for me to remember.
4 We have many special expressions in Japanese.

(c)1Actually, I have no idea why.

2

I’ll tell you the answer now.

198/224

3

I’m familiar with the origin of that phrase.

4 Look it up in a dictionary to find out.

(d)
1 How do you do it?

2 Tell me about it.

3 That’s a good idea.

4 Will you ever know?

(e)1

Are you enjoying the food during this trip?

2

Can I ask you where you are traveling to now?

3

Do you travel a lot in Japan, too?

4

So, did you have a lot of fun in Britain?

(f)
1

I bet you never think about the sun, do you?

2

I’m sorry to have to tell you that you can’t do that anymore.

3

I’m sure you will have a great time over there.

4Your grandfather will regret that idea.

(g)1

Did the Japanese also worship the sun?

2

In Japan, there is an ancient temple for the sun.

3

It’s no wonder I’m sunburnt, is it?

4

It was used for sun worship, wasn’t it?

(h)1

It made my day!

2

Oh, what a pity!

3

Shame on you!

4 What great news!

B 本文中の[]内の日本語を英語で表現しなさい。

現代では，太陽は，もう神秘的なものではなくなったけれども，太陽を昔の方法で崇拝する人々が今でも大勢いるのよ。

199/224

【６７】2012 同志社大学 2/7,学部個別日程 政策

文化情報

生命医科

スポーツ健康科

次の対話を読んで設問に答えなさい。[＊印のついた語句は注を参照しなさい。](Daisuke is having a job interview in Peter’s office in Sydney, Australia.)

Peter：

Good day, I’m Peter Dillon, the owner of this coffee shop. Pleased to meet you.

Daisuke：(Shaking hands)(a)

I’m Daisuke Nakamura from Osaka. I’ve comeabout the job you advertised for an assistant. I have a working holiday visa* valid for 12months.

Peter：

Right. We get a fair number of Japanese tourists here because we’re situated so close to
the Opera House and sometimes there are communication problems. In the summer season
it gets very busy here with all the seafood takeouts we do.

(b)

Have yougot any experience working in the restaurant business?

Daisuke：

Actually, I have. When I was in my first year of university,(c)Peter：

Mmmm. In fact, I’ve hired many Japanese on working holidays before, and they’ve all
been pretty good. I get the impression that you’ve got high standards of service over there.

Daisuke：You’re right.

Peter：

How interesting! By the way, how old are you and when did you graduate?

Daisuke：Well, I haven’t graduated yet, Mr. Dillon. I’ll be twenty next month. I’m still studying(d)economics.

Peter：(Jokingly) I see,(e)What I want to know is why you chose to do yourworking holiday in Sydney. There are lots of other countries open to young people like you,aren’t there?

Daisuke：That’s true, there are, but I was keen on getting a taste of the Australian way of life. [それに，両親にあまり金銭的な負担をかけないで，英語力をつけることができるんですよ。]

Peter：

I’m surprised at your English fluency. You can speak a whole lot better than most of theJapanese guys who come out here.

Daisuke：(f)

I think it’s because I prepared hard before this trip, you know, by

hanging out with exchange students on campus and listening to English news online asoften as I could.

Peter：(g)

I have to tell you that if I hire you, you’re only allowed to work here

200/224

for a maximum of three months. After that you have to change your employer. That’s thelaw, I’m afraid.

Daisuke：Yes, I’m aware of that.

Peter：

Okay then, Daisuke, I’ve made my decision. You seem like a confident, polite guy who
can handle the job. I want you to come in by 6:30 tomorrow morning for the breakfast shift.
It finishes at 11:30 and it’s $10 an hour. You don’t work in the evenings and on weekends.
You also get a free lunch. Is that all right with you?

Daisuke：(Smiling) No problem. That suits me just fine. Thank you very much, Mr. Dillon, for giving me this opportunity.

Peter：(h)I believe you. And please call me Peter, by the way. Come along with me now and I’ll
introduce you to all the staff.

[注]working holiday visa 2 国間の協定によって一方の国の若者が相手国で働くことを許可するためのビ
ザ，査証(旅行先の政府が与える出入国の許可証)

A 空所(a)～(h)に入るもっとも適切なものを次の 1～4 の中からそれぞれ一つ選び，その番号を解答欄に記入
しなさい。

(a)
1 How do you do?

2 Pleased to have met you.

3 What are you doing now?

4 What do you do?

(b)
1

Could you introduce someone who wants to take over my coffee shop?

2 Have you ever been to the Opera House?
3 That’s why I’d like you to have our special seafood.
4 That’s why I need someone who can start straight away.

(c)
1

I cooked every day because I didn’t have much money.

2

I sometimes had pizzas baked and delivered for me.

3

I worked part-time as a waiter in a hotel for three days a week.

201/224

4 my sister and I always went to a nearby restaurant for lunch.

(d)1

Australia is Japan’s biggest customer.

2

I hate dealing with difficult customers.

3

In Japan we say that “the customer is god.”

4

Japanese clerks sometimes tease their customers with jokes.

(e)1

so you’re an expert on international law, aren’t you?

2

so you’re good at rugby, aren’t you?

3

so you’re good with money, aren’t you?

4

so you’re skilled at cooking, aren’t you?

(f)1

I’d like you to help my sister.

2

I’m very glad to hear that.

3

It’s my pleasure.

4

You’re welcome.

(g)
1 How unfortunate!
2

I reported the loss of my money to the police.

3

It seems to have really paid off.

4 What a challenge to your father!

(h)1

I’d like to warn other people about this place.

2

I’m afraid you’ll be disappointed.

3

I’m sorry, but I must refuse your offer.

4

I will make sure you won’t regret it.

B 本文中の[]内の日本語を英語で表現しなさい。

それに，両親にあまり金銭的な負担をかけないで，英語力をつけることができるんですよ。

202/224

【６８】2012 同志社大学 2/8,学部個別日程 法グローバル･コミュニケーション

次の対話を読んで設問に答えなさい。

(Mary and Joe, a married couple, are looking at travel magazines in order to get ideas for their next
vacation.)

Mary：

Oh, Joe, just look at this! There’s a photo here of some people doing bungee jumping. You see,that bridge must be at least 30 meters high and people are jumping off it with just a rubber
cord tied to their ankles. It looks so exciting! I’d love to try that.

Joe：

(a)

I’m too old for that sort of thing. Jumping off a bridge without a safety

net looks frightening and risky to me. Where are they doing it, anyway?

Mary：

New Zealand. What beautiful scenery! (Handing him the magazine) Here, take a look.

Joe：

In such a beautiful country, there must be more interesting and less dangerous things to do.
I hear you can go whale watching there. Now that would be fascinating.

Mary：

Have you forgotten the time we went whale watching in Hawaii? We spent six hours in a boat
and

(b)

I don’t call that fascinating.

Joe：

Maybe you’re right.

Mary：

You know I’m right. Have you forgotten that you were seasick most of the time? You had tolie down the whole way back.

Joe：(Laughing) Okay, okay,(c)Come on, we need to decide where to go soon.

Otherwise everything’s going to be booked up and
(d)

Mary：

Do you remember when we were on our honeymoon?

Joe：

In Greece?

Mary：

Yeah, that was so lovely. We ate dinner in those wonderful outdoor restaurants every evening.
The people were so friendly. The mood was so romantic, and the seafood was delicious.
(e)

Joe：

It’s a great idea, Mary, but I’m a firm believer in not going back to a place where I’ve had agreat time. It’s never the same the second time around. It just leads to disappointment. [もし，僕たちが泊まったあの美しい漁村に戻ったとしても，うるさい観光客であふれかえっていることに気づくことだろう。] I bet they have built dozens of souvenir shops and fast-food restaurants inthat fishing harbor by now.

203/224

Mary：

Yes, you’re probably right. What a pity you can’t depend on things staying as they were.
Everything changes, and all the good things disappear.

Joe：

(f)

Mary：

I guess so.

Joe：(Looking at the travel magazine) Do you think it’s dangerous?

Mary：

What are you talking about? The Greek fishing village?

Joe：No, bungee jumping. You know,

Mary：

Listen to you! Two minutes ago you told me you were too old and that it was risky and scary,(g)and now you think you might enjoy it. You change like the weather!

Joe：(Laughing) Hey,(h)

I suddenly feel young again. What’s more, if places canchange, then so can people. Come on, let’s go to New Zealand and jump off that bridge.

Mary：Well, all right. I will if you will.

A 空所(a)～(h)に入るもっとも適切なものを次の 1～4 の中からそれぞれ一つ選び，その番号を解答欄に記入
しなさい。

(a)
1

I’m glad to hear that.

2 No, thanks!

3

See you in a while.

4 Why not?

(b)
1

all we got to watch was one solitary dolphin jumping out of the water.

2

I loved the local Hawaiian-style dishes on board.

3

I took such great action photos of whales swimming around us.

4

it went so fast it felt as if we were there only for a minute.

(c)
1

I’d love to go back there to take more pictures.

2

I’ll not cook as much during our next boat trip.

3

I promise I’ll not lie to you ever again.

4

let’s not bring up bad memories.

(d)

204/224

1that plan looks great on paper.

2

that’s what we should go for.

3

we’ll miss out this summer.

4

you really should help yourself.

1 Hang in there, Joe.

2

Shall we go to the photo exhibition?

3 We need to get over it.

4 Why don’t we go back to Greece?

(e)

(f)
1

I’m counting on you, Mary.

2 That’s delicious, Mary.

3 That’s life, Mary.

4 Well, it’s your duty, Mary.

(g)
1

I just can’t handle it.

2

I’m keeping my fingers crossed.

3

it might be fun after all.

4

it’s way too dangerous, if you ask me.

1good luck!

2

it never rains but it pours!

3

it’s better to be safe than sorry!

4

you know, I can’t help it.

(h)

B 本文中の[]内の日本語を英語で表現しなさい。

もし，僕たちが泊まったあの美しい漁村に戻ったとしても，うるさい観光客であふれかえっていることに気づくことだろう。

205/224

【６９】2012 同志社大学 2/9,学部個別日程 神

商－フレックスＡ(昼主)商－フレックスＢ(昼夜)心理

次の対話を読んで設問に答えなさい。

(Jack Martin, a TV chat show host, interviews the famous travel writer Tom Putney on his program.)

Jack：

Tom, thank you so much for joining us tonight. It’s always such a pleasure to have you here.

Tom：

Thank you for inviting me back, Jack.

Jack：

(a)

Five years, if I’m not mistaken. You’ve spent most of that time back in

India. Is that correct?

Tom：

Yes, indeed. I’ve spent the past few years living, working, and traveling there.

Jack：

I see. Now, Tom, you have just published your latest book, Days in India, which I believe issomething of a departure from the style of your previous works. Can you please tell us something
about this new direction you have followed?

Tom：

(b)

As you know, in my earlier books on India I have explored various aspectsof Indian life and culture, such as the religions and history of the country in a very academic way.
In this new book I wanted to try a more personal approach.

Jack：

Personal?

Tom：

Yes. I’d begun to feel frustrated with my earlier attempts to write about India. I felt as if I had
been writing about the country too much from the perspective of an outsider. It seemed that I
was just seeing the surface of the culture.

Jack：

So you wanted to experience Indian life on a deeper level?

Tom：

(c)

I wanted to dig below the surface.

Jack：

How did you set about gaining this deeper encounter with India?

Tom：

I tried a number of things. First of all, I spent almost a year simply traveling around India bytrain.

Jack：
Tom：

(d)
Well, I traveled on all sorts of trains and I encountered almost every kind of person, from priests
to laborers, from university students to elephant trainers, and the information I gathered fromthem gave me a wide perspective on life in modern-day India.

Jack：

I see.

Tom：

I did a great deal. I worked in a fishing village in the south east, studied yoga in the mountains,(e)participated in a rice harvest. In the giant cities spreading out around in India, I interviewed all

206/224

kinds of people from every imaginable walk of life.

Jack：

(f)

You must have gained many insights into everyday life in contemporary

India.

Tom：

Yes, I believe I did. [他国の文化と社会を知ろうと思えば，一般の人たちに混ざってそこで暮らしてみる必要が本当にありますよね。] By talking with them in all kinds of situations, sharing meals
with them, and working alongside them, you can move beyond the perspective of the tourist or
short-term visitor.

Jack：

And you describe these experiences in your book?

Tom：

Yes, I do.

Jack：Your new book sounds extraordinary!

(g)Thank you for joining us tonight,

Tom.

Tom：

(h)

A 空所(a)～(h)に入るもっとも適切なものを次の 1～4 の中からそれぞれ一つ選び，その番号を解答欄に記入
しなさい。

(a)
1 How nice to meet you finally!
2

I’m looking forward to seeing you.

3

It’s been quite some time since you were last here.

4

I’ve been wondering how old you are.

(b)
1 How have you been, Jack?
2

I’d be glad to, Jack.

3

I’m sorry to hear about your loss, Jack.

4

May I be excused, Jack?

(c)
1

Actually, I didn’t hope to.

2

3

May I take a break?

4 That’s exactly right.

(d)207/224

It is out of the question.

1 How did the conductors on the trains like you?
2 How did the train schedule suit you?
3 How did the train trips help you?
4 How was the food on the trains?

(e)1

And did you travel by yourself?

2

And how did you find modern-day India?

3

And how long did you ride on the trains?

4

And what else did you do apart from that?

(f)1

It’s your special day, Tom.

2 That sounds fascinating, Tom.

3 There’s nothing like home, Tom.

4 They are not so great, Tom.

(g)1

Could everyone try it?

2

I can’t wait to read it.

3

It’s okay in the short-term.

4 Where is the content from?

(h)
1 How fortunate, Jack!

2

3

4 Welcome back, Jack.

My pleasure, Jack.

B 本文中の[I don’t believe it, Jack.

]内の日本語を英語で表現しなさい。

他国の文化と社会を知ろうと思えば，一般の人たちに混ざってそこで暮らしてみる必要が本当にありますよね。

208/224

【７０】2012 同志社大学 2/10,学部個別日程 社会

理工

次の対話を読んで設問に答えなさい。

(Feng, a student from Singapore, arrived in Japan last night on an exchange program, and is staying at
Hiro’s house. He has just woken up.)

Hiro：

Good morning, Feng. How did you sleep?

Feng：(Rubbing his eyes) Very well, thanks. It is my first experience to sleep on the floor
and

Hiro：

(a)

Good. Anyway, my mother’s making us breakfast now, and she wants to know if
there is anything you don’t eat?

Feng：

No, I eat everything. I love Japanese food but, to be honest, I heard that you eat
raw eggs for breakfast and

Hiro：

(b)

I thought so. That’s why we’re having scrambled eggs with ham this morning. By
the way, I’d like to tell you about today’s schedule.

Feng：

Sure, but since I’ll be going to school with you from tomorrow, [まず僕がしておきた
いことは，通りを歩き回ってみて，この近所に慣れておくことなんだ。] Is that okay with
you?

Hiro：

I’m sorry, Feng, but that’s not what we planned. My parents are free only today sothat’s why we are taking you to an old Japanese castle.
(c)

Feng：

Of course. That sounds really cool. Last term I did a big school project about thedesign of Japanese castles, so I’m really interested in them. The only one you can see
in Singapore is at the theme park of Universal Studios. It’s straight out of a fairy tale.
It was modeled on the castle from the Shrek movies, you see.

Hiro：

Really? Those movies are among my favorites. The Japanese voice actor for Shrek
is a famous comedian with an amusing Osaka accent. (Seeing Feng’s puzzled face)
But I guess you watched them in English.

Feng：

You’re right. I wish I could understand them in Japanese, but(d)In fact, I’ve been meaning to ask you. Do the people in this area

use a strong dialect? I read somewhere that outside Tokyo the local ways of speaking
can be really hard to understand.

209/224

Hiro：

Yeah, but(e)Only the old people here use strong dialect. Believeme, everyone else speaks in a pretty standard style, and I’m sure you’ll get used to it
after a while. What about you? Is it really true that they use five official languages in
Singapore?
(f)

Feng：

Well, in fact, we just have four but, as for me, I only speak Chinese and English. I
don’t know any other languages.

Hiro’s Mother：(Calling out from downstairs) Breakfast’s ready, boys!

Feng：

Wow, your mother can speak fluent English!

Hiro：

Yeah,

(g)

just like you, when she was a high school student in

Canada, and she’s always trying hard to keep it up.

Feng：

That’s lucky. You know, it’s funny, Hiro, I already feel kind of at home here.

Hiro：

(h)

We want you to enjoy your stay here as much as possible.

A 空所(a)～(h)に入るもっとも適切なものを次の 1～4 の中からそれぞれ一つ選び，その番号を解答欄に記入
しなさい。

(a)
1

I am getting a bit homesick for my country.

2

I have to tell you, it is still nighttime in my country.

3

it’s a lot more comfortable than I imagined it would be.

4

it was really difficult to get to sleep.

(b)
1

I’ve been waiting for that for a long time.

2

I wonder if we could eat out.

3

that’s the one thing I am not looking forward to.

4

we can’t get fruit at home.

(c)
1

Don’t you think that would be more fun?

2

I can see you’ve had enough of castles.

3

Is the weather like this in Singapore, by the way?

210/224

4

Just tell me who built the castle.

(d)
1 easy come, easy go.

2

it was a piece of cake.

3

4

that’s why I’m here.

take my word for it.

(e)1it’s no big deal.

4

what’s the deal?

2

let’s make a deal.

3

that’s the best deal.

(f)
1

Can you also speak Japanese?

2

Can you say something with an Osaka accent?

3 How did you manage to master them all?
4

I wish you could speak the standard language, too.

(g)1

she also did an exchange program2

she could imitate Shrek3

she overcame her fear of raw eggs

4

she took tests outside Tokyo

1 Here you are!

2

I’m glad to hear from you.

3

4 Let’s call it a day!

(h)

I’m pleased to hear that.

B 本文中の[]内の日本語を英語で表現しなさい。

まず僕がしておきたいことは，通りを歩き回ってみて，この近所に慣れておくことなんだ。

211/224

【解答１】2021 同志社大学 2/4,全学部(理系) 文化情報
A

B

理工 生命医科 スポーツ健康科

(a)

7

(b)

6

(c)

3

(f)

9

(g)

10

(h)

8

(d) 1

心理
(e) 5

I was familiar with some topics which appeared in the interview. [I know some topics I heard
in the interview.]【解答２】2021 同志社大学 2/5,全学部(文系) 神ツ健康科 心理A

B

文グローバル･コミュニケーション

社会

法 経済 商政策 文化情報理工 スポー

グローバル地域文化

(a)

1

(b)

9

(c)

2

(f)

3

(g)

5

(h)

8

(d) 10(e) 6

One of the important things we can do is to raise our consciousness about environmental problems and the diversity of animals.

【解答３】2021 同志社大学 2/6,学部個別 文
A

B

経済

(a)

9

(b)

6

(c)

2

(f)

5

(g)

1

(h)

3

(d) 10(e) 8

If we had enough time to keep our house in order, we would dispose of (throw away) manythings which are no longer necessary.

【解答４】2021 同志社大学 2/7,学部個別 政策
A

文化情報

生命医科

(a)

1

(b)

6

(c)

8

(f)

9

(g)

10

(h)

7

スポーツ健康科
(d) 5

(e) 2

B For a long time I had thought she was too hard on me, but later it turned out to be a greatmeans to avoid injury【解答５】2021 同志社大学 2/8,学部個別 法
A

(a)

6

(b)

1

(g)

4

(h)

7

グローバル･コミュニケーション
(c)

9

(d) 3

(e) 2

(f)

8

B That depends on the person, but we usually take off the beads the next day. [That differs fromperson to person, but you are expected to remove the beads the next day of the parade.]【解答６】2021 同志社大学 2/9,学部個別 神
A

(a)

6

(b)

7

商

心理

グローバル地域文化(c)

212/224

2

(d) 8

(e) 1

(f)
B

10

(g)

3

(h)

5

It would be better for you to wear a shirt with a pocket to hold your cards.

【解答７】2021 同志社大学 2/10,学部個別 社会
A

理工

(a)

9

(b)

5

(c)

6

(f)

10

(g)

3

(h)

7

(d) 4

(e) 8

B He thinks that it will become important for his study and may become even a key to solve
ancient mysteries.

【解答８】2020 同志社大学 2/4,全学部(理系) 文化情報A

理工 生命医科 スポーツ健康科

(a)

3

(b)

9

(c)

4

(f)

6

(g)

10

(h)

5

(d) 1

心理
(e) 8

B When I was getting used to the new culture, the book was a great help. [When I was applying
myself to the new culture, the book was very helpful.]【解答９】2020 同志社大学 2/5,全学部(文系) 神ツ健康科 心理A

B

文グローバル･コミュニケーション

社会

法 経済 商政策 文化情報理工 スポー

グローバル地域文化

(a)

8

(b)

9

(c)

6

(f)

5

(g)

7

(h)

1

(d) 4

(e) 10You could have got a seat more easily if you had come ten minutes earlier. [It was not so fullten minutes ago. You could have found a seat at once.]【解答１０】2020 同志社大学 2/6,学部個別 文
A

B

(a)

6

(b)

8

(g)

5

(h)

10

経済
(c)

3

(d) 7

(e) 9

(f)

1

I always talk with a very good speaker of English like you, and so I haven’t made any progressin my English skills. [All of my partners can speak English fluently. That is why I cannot speak
Japanese well.]【解答１１】2020 同志社大学 2/7,学部個別 政策
A

文化情報

生命医科

(a)

10

(b)

8

(c)

9

(f)

4

(g)

1

(h)

3

スポーツ健康科
(d) 6

(e) 2

B However, not so many peanuts are not grown her. Japanese consumers buy most of them. [But213/224we don’t grow so many peanuts, and most of them go to the domestic market.]【解答１２】2020 同志社大学 2/8,学部個別 法
A

(a)

3

(b)

5

(g)

9

(h)

10

グローバル･コミュニケーション
(c)

6

(d) 2

(e) 8

(f)

4

B We are shutting down small local shops while saving just a little money. [We are putting small
shops in our neighborhood out of business by saving just a small amount of money.]【解答１３】2020 同志社大学 2/9,学部個別 神
A

B

商 心理

グローバル地域文化

(a)

5

(b)

7

(c)

1

(f)

3

(g)

9

(h)

2

(d) 10(e) 6

I wish my father had spent more time with me in my childhood. [I am sorry my father did not
spent a lot of time with me when I was a child.]【解答１４】2020 同志社大学 2/10,学部個別 社会
A

(a)

6

(b)

5

(g)

8

(h)

1

理工
(c)

2

(d)

7

(e) 4

(f)

9

B Thanks to the experience of climbing mountains, I came to find the beauty of nature which I
had never seen before. [I experienced many things in climbing mountains and I became awareof the beauty of nature that had been invisible to me.]

【解答１５】2019 同志社大学 2/4,全学部(理系) 文化情報
A

B

(a)

9

(b)

7

(g)

5

(h)

2

(c)

1

(d) 6

(e) 4

心理
(f)

10

After we playing games, the professor ordered us to analyze them.

【解答１６】2019 同志社大学 2/5,全学部(文系) 神
ポーツ健康科 心理A

理工 生命医科 スポーツ健康科

文

社会 法 経済グローバル･コミュニケーション

グローバル地域文化

(a)

4

(b)

9

(c)

5

(f)

2

(g)

8

(h)

6

商 政策

(d) 3

文化情報 理工 ス(e) 10

B They say meditation is useful in keeping concentration when you make an important decision.

【解答１７】2019 同志社大学 2/6,学部個別日程 文 経済214/224

A

B

(a)

4

(b)

10

(c)

3

(f)

1

(g)

2

(h)

6

(d) 8

(e) 7

Before he came out, no one focused on such common scenes.

【解答１８】2019 同志社大学 2/7,学部個別日程 政策 文化情報 生命医科 スポーツ健康科
A

B

(a)

3

(b)

1

(c)

8

(f)

6

(g)

4

(h)

7

(d) 2

(e) 10I think people want to have an excuse for shopping wherever they live.

【解答１９】2019 同志社大学 2/8,学部個別日程 法 グローバル･コミュニケーション
A

B

(a)

7

(b)

9

(g)

5

(h)

3

(c)

1

(d) 8

B

(f)

2

But if the car should disappear from my life, I wouldn’t be disappointed so much.

【解答２０】2019 同志社大学 2/9,学部個別日程 神 商 心理
A

(e) 4

(a)

5

(b)

1

(c)

7

(f)

9

(g)

2

(h)

4

グローバル地域文化(d) 3(e) 10

(d) 6

(e) 7

Even if you see an old picture of me, you’ll not recognize me.

【解答２１】2019 同志社大学 2/10,学部個別日程 社会 理工
A

B

(a)

10

(b)

4

(c)

9

(f)

3

(g)

5

(h)

1

So, she can contact us anytime and at any place.

【解答２２】2018 同志社大学 2/4,全学部(理系) 文化情報
A

B

(a)

2

(b)

4

(g)

9

(h)

6

(c)

(d) 8

心理

(e) 3

(f)

5

If we have time after that, why don’t we go to a hidden spot most people don’t know?

【解答２３】2018 同志社大学 2/5,全学部(文系) 神
ポーツ健康科 心理A

1

理工 生命医科 スポーツ健康科

文グローバル･コミュニケーション

(a)

7

(b)

4

(g)

5

(h)

6

(c)

社会 法 経済

商 政策

文化情報 理工 ス

グローバル地域文化9215/224

(d) 2

(e) 3

(f)

1

B

Could you please wait for a moment while I make a phone call to find out what’s happened toyour suitcase?

【解答２４】2018 同志社大学 2/6,学部個別日程 文 経済
A

B

(a)

9

(b)

10

(g)

3

(h)

8

(c)

6

(d) 7

(e) 5

(f)

1

(f)

3

Believe it or not, You’ll see who’s going to be your husband in the future.

【解答２５】2018 同志社大学 2/7,学部個別日程 政策 文化情報 生命医科 スポーツ健康科
A

B

(a)

7

(b)

2

(g)

8

(h)

1

(c)

5

(d) 9

(e) 10

Especially, swimming is a good way to exercise without putting an excessive burden on ourbody.

【解答２６】2018 同志社大学 2/8,学部個別日程 法 グローバル･コミュニケーション
A

(a)

9

(b)

2

(g)

1

(h)

6

(c)

5

(d) 7

(e) 10

(f)

4

(f)

1

(f)

4

B He is afraid that he might say what he shouldn’t say, if he speaks too much.

【解答２７】2018 同志社大学 2/9,学部個別日程 神 商 心理
A

(a)

8

(b)

3

(g)

5

(h)

2

(c)

9

グローバル地域文化(d) 10(e) 6

B He seemed so nervous that I had a feeling something unusual would happen.

【解答２８】2018 同志社大学 2/10,学部個別日程 社会 理工
A

B

(a)

9

(b)

7

(g)

5

(h)

10

(c)

1

B

(e) 2

As it was really a wonderful country, we might have stayed there for the rest of our lives.

【解答２９】2017 同志社大学 2/4,全学部(理系) 文化情報
A

(d) 6

(a)

10

(b)

5

(g)

8

(h)

7

(c)

9

理工 生命医科 スポーツ健康科
(d) 2

(e) 1

心理
(f)

3

I had been very busy studying all the time, so I wanted to sleep late and do nothing special.

216/224

【解答３０】2017 同志社大学 2/5,全学部(文系) 神
ポーツ健康科 心理AB文グローバル･コミュニケーション

(a)

7

(b)

6

(g)

8

(h)

1

(c)

社会 法 経済

商 政策

文化情報 理工 ス

グローバル地域文化
10

(d) 9

(e) 4

(f)

3

(f)

1

I really didn’t have enough time to get to know what she likes or dislikes.

【解答３１】2017 同志社大学 2/6,学部個別日程 文 経済
A

B

(a)

7

(b)

2

(g)

3

(h)

6

(c)

9

(d) 4

(e) 10

But what I want to say is that public attitudes towards things often change as time goes by.

【解答３２】2017 同志社大学 2/7,学部個別日程 政策 文化情報 生命医科 スポーツ健康科
A

B

(a)

6

(b)

8

(g)

1

(h)

4

(c)

7

(d) 3

(e) 9

(f)

10

(f)

4

(f)

9

If you keep on studying hard, you’ll be a university student like me soon.

【解答３３】2017 同志社大学 2/8,学部個別日程 法 グローバル･コミュニケーション
A

B

(a)

8

(b)

5

(g)

10

(h)

2

(c)

1

(d) 6

It seems difficult to make a living by doing what you really love.

【解答３４】2017 同志社大学 2/9,学部個別日程 神 商 心理
A

(e) 9

(a)

7

(b)

8

(g)

1

(h)

4

(c)

10

グローバル地域文化
(d) 5

(e) 3

B Fortunately, I found a really good local jazz pianist who has willing to teach me regularly.

【解答３５】2017 同志社大学 2/10,学部個別日程 社会 理工
A

(a)

8

(b)

10

(g)

5

(h)

1

(c)

3

(d) 9

(e) 2

(f)

B There is nothing like getting out of the town for a while to enjoy fresh air.

【解答３６】2016 同志社大学 2/4,全学部(理系) 文化情報217/224

理工 生命医科 スポーツ健康科

心理

6

A

B

(a)

3

(b)

1

(c)

5

(f)

8

(g)

4

(h)

10

ポーツ健康科 心理

B

B

B

(a)

9

(b)

8

(c)

6

(f)

3

(g)

1

(h)

4

B

商 政策

文化情報 理工 ス(d) 10(e) 7

Do you know what is said about couples who cross this bridge together?

経済

(a)

1

(b)

7

(c)

9

(f)

3

(g)

4

(h)

5

(d) 2

(e) 10In a crowded country like Japan, you would have to keep apologizing all the time.

文化情報

生命医科

(a)

2

(b)

5

(c)

1

(f)

6

(g)

8

(h)

10

スポーツ健康科
(d) 9

(e) 4

I am looking forward to understanding what real British food is like.

【解答４０】2016 同志社大学 2/8,学部個別 法
A

社会 法 経済グローバル地域文化【解答３９】2016 同志社大学 2/7,学部個別 政策
A

文

グローバル･コミュニケーション【解答３８】2016 同志社大学 2/6,学部個別 文
A

(e) 2

Our children have many obstacles to overcome, so please be patient with them.

【解答３７】2016 同志社大学 2/5,全学部(文系) 神

A

(d) 7

グローバル･コミュニケーション

(a)

5

(b)

9

(c)

10

(f)

4

(g)

6

(h)

8

(d) 1

(e) 7

It is a big dance party held in many American high schools at the end of the school year, especially at the graduation ceremony.

【解答４１】2016 同志社大学 2/9,学部個別 神A

商 心理

グローバル地域文化

(a)

10

(b)

7

(c)

5

(f)

8

(g)

6

(h)

1

(d) 2

(e) 4

B His English was easier to understand than the others’, but I still could not grasp everything
he said.

【解答４２】2016 同志社大学 2/10,学部個別 社会理工

218/224

A

(a)

10

(b)

7

(c)

2

(f)

8

(g)

4

(h)

1

(d) 6

(e) 3

B Why don’t you go to eat something at that café while you are waiting for me?

【解答４３】2015 同志社大学 2/4,全学部日程(理系) 文化情報 理工 生命医科 スポーツ健康科 心理
A

(a)

4

(b)

6

(c)

10

(f)

7

(g)

9

(h)

5

(d) 2

(e) 1

B However, everything in the museum remains as it was in 1924 because nothing was allowed
to be changed.

【解答４４】2015 同志社大学 2/5,全学部日程(文系) 神

文 社会 法スポーツ健康科 心理グローバル地域文化

Aグローバル･コミュニケーション

(a)

10

(b)

6

(c)

9

(f)

7

(g)

3

(h)

2

経済 商

政策

文化情報

(d) 8

理工

(e) 1

B That is another place where I would like to go someday. I’ve heard the prices there are muchhigher than here, though.

【解答４５】2015 同志社大学 2/6,学部個別日程 文 経済
A

B

(a)

9

(b)

3

(c)

8

(f)

7

(g)

5

(h)

2

(d) 10(e) 4

It is an international group which connects people from various countries with similar interests.

【解答４６】2015 同志社大学 2/7,学部個別日程 政策 文化情報 生命医科 スポーツ健康科
A

B

(a)

8

(b)

5

(c)

10

(f)

2

(g)

4

(h)

1

(d) 7

(e) 9

It had been a long time since I graduated from high school, so I almost forgot how to study.

【解答４７】2015 同志社大学 2/8,学部個別日程 法 グローバル･コミュニケーション
A

(a)

5

(b)

8

(c)

10

(f)

2

(g)

6

(h)

3

(d) 1

(e) 9

B No matter how mysterious a story may be, once you know what happens at the end, you can’t
be very excited about it.

219/224

【解答４８】2015 同志社大学 2/9,学部個別日程 神 商 心理
A

B

(a)

7

(b)

4

(c)

10

(f)

6

(g)

5

(h)

2

グローバル地域文化
(d) 3

(e) 8

I think this Tabata method is for the really busy people who have not enough time for training.

【解答４９】2015 同志社大学 2/10,学部個別日程 社会 理工
A

B

(a)

4

(b)

10

(c)

6

(f)

1

(g)

9

(h)

2

(d) 8

(e) 5

Some notes are very helpful since they explain how poems are related to actual people andplaces.

【解答５０】2014 同志社大学 2/4,全学部日程(理系) 文化情報 理工 生命医科 スポーツ健康科 心理
A

B

(a)

4

(b)

10

(g)

3

(h)

8

(c)

1

(d) 2

(e) 6

(f)

9

I’ve been thinking that I’d like to take you to the restaurant which offers typical Japanese dishyou probably haven’t tried yet.

【解答５１】2014 同志社大学 2/5,全学部日程(文系) 神
フレックス複合(昼夜)

政策

文化情報

理工

文 社会 法 経済 商－商学総合(昼主)スポーツ健康科

心理

(c)

(d) 8

商－

グローバル･コミュニケーション

グローバル地域文化
A

(a)

2

(b)

4

(g)

1

(h)

9

6

(e) 10(f)

5

B The producers of these two albums thought that they were the best music that they had everproduced.

【解答５２】2014 同志社大学 2/6,学部個別日程 文 経済
A

B

(a)

9

(b)

5

(g)

1

(h)

6

(c)

2

(d) 3

(e) 10(f)

7

Yes, you can use the car if you promise me that you will not use your smartphone while driving
and will return it before dinner.

【解答５３】2014 同志社大学 2/7,学部個別日程 政策 文化情報 生命医科 スポーツ健康科

220/224

A

B

(a)

4

(b)

7

(g)

1

(h)

3

(c)

2

(d) 9

(e) 6

(f)

10

Because the space shuttles are no longer in operation, anything that can stimulate our interestin space projects will be welcome.

【解答５４】2014 同志社大学 2/8,学部個別日程 法 グローバル･コミュニケーション
A

(a)

3

(b)

6

(g)

2

(h)

7

(c)

4

(d) 8

(e) 1

(f)

5

B The team might be able to make a lot of money by observing the fans’ behavior in a baseballstadium.

【解答５５】2014 同志社大学 2/9,学部個別日程 神理

商－商学総合(昼主)商－フレックス複合(昼夜)心グローバル地域文化
A

B

(a)

2

(b)

4

(g)

8

(h)

5

(c)

6

(d) 7

(e) 1

(f)

3

(f)

5

I have been thinking which courses I would take online as I’m majoring in chemistry.

【解答５６】2014 同志社大学 2/10,学部個別日程 社会 理工
A

B

(a)

3

(b)

1

(g)

2

(h)

4

(c)

8

(d) 7

(e) 6

It is said that the only plant that the butterflies eat is what is called milkweed.

【解答５７】2013 同志社大学 2/4,全学部日程(理系) 文化情報 理工 生命医科 スポーツ健康科 心理
A

B

(a)

9

(b)

7

(g)

10

(h)

4

(c)

5

(d) 8

(e) 2

(f)

6

Security procedures are becoming stricter and stricter. But for our sale flight, we have to put
up with it, don’t we?

【解答５８】2013 同志社大学 2/5,全学部日程(文系) 神
フレックス複合(昼夜)

政策

文化情報

理工

文 社会 法 経済 商－商学総合(昼主)スポーツ健康科

心理

(c)

(d) 8

商－

グローバル･コミュニケーション

グローバル地域文化
A

(a)

10

(b)

2

(g)

3

(h)

7

9

221/224

(e) 4

(f)

5

B

Action movies are somewhat simple enough for us to predict their story, but they are wellorganized and will offer you satisfying entertainment.

【解答５９】2013 同志社大学 2/6,学部個別日程 文 経済
A

(a)

4

(b)

6

(g)

7

(h)

2

(c)

1

(d) 8

(e) 10(f)

5

B Then I checked out every place where I had stopped to take out some food and my clothes very
carefully over and over again.

【解答６０】2013 同志社大学 2/7,学部個別日程 政策 文化情報 生命医科 スポーツ健康科
A

(a)

9

(b)

6

(g)

4

(h)

5

(c)

1

(d) 10

(e) 2

(f)

7

B Though you call it kimuchi in Japan as same as we call it, actually here are plenty kinds ofkimuchi in Korea.

【解答６１】2013 同志社大学 2/8,学部個別日程 法 グローバル･コミュニケーション
A

B

(a)

4

(b)

8

(g)

10

(h)

6

(c)

1

(d) 3

(e) 9

(f)

7

I have my PC in the backpack, because I am going to use it in the meeting where I will makea presentation on the idea of new products.

【解答６２】2013 同志社大学 2/9,学部個別日程 神理

商－商学総合(昼主)商－フレックス複合(昼夜)心グローバル地域文化
A

(a)

8

(b)

9

(g)

3

(h)

10

(c)

6

(d) 1

(e) 4

(f)

5

B Finding out your relation to these people and places makes historical subjects much more familiar to you.

【解答６３】2013 同志社大学 2/10,学部個別日程 社会 理工
A

(a)

7

(b)

10

(g)

8

(h)

3

(c)

1

(d) 5

(e) 6

(f)

2

B Though we were bothered by karaoke at night, I appreciate all your staff were very courteousand kind to us in the daytime.

222/224

【解答６４】2012 同志社大学 2/4,全学部日程(理系) 文化情報 理工 生命医科 スポーツ健康科 心理
A

B

(a)

4

(b)

3

(g)

2

(h)

3

(c)

1

(e) 2

(f)

4

After you go back home, I want you to share what you experienced here with a lot of people.

【解答６５】2012 同志社大学 2/5,全学部日程(文系) 神 文－フレックスＢ(昼夜) 政策
A

(d) 1

文化情報

(a)

1

(b)

4

(g)

4

(h)

4

理工

社会 法 経済 商－フレックスＡ(昼主)スポーツ健康科 心理
(c)

1

商

グローバル･コミュニケーション

(d) 1

(e) 2

(f)

1

B However, you have fully learned the fundamentals of English, so don’t you think it better for
you to study with excellent students?

【解答６６】2012 同志社大学 2/6,学部個別日程 文 経済
A

(a)

2

(b)

1

(g)

4

(h)

2

(c)

1

(d) 3

(e) 2

(f)

2

B Today, the sun is no longer mysterious, but there are still a lot of people who worship it in the
traditional way.

【解答６７】2012 同志社大学 2/7,学部個別日程 政策 文化情報 生命医科 スポーツ健康科
A

B

(a)

1

(b)

4

(g)

3

(h)

4

(c)

3

(d) 3

(e) 3

(f)

2

Also, I can improve my English skills without depending on my parents for much money.

【解答６８】2012 同志社大学 2/8,学部個別日程 法 グローバル･コミュニケーション
A

B

(a)

2

(b)

1

(g)

3

(h)

4

(c)

4

(d) 3

(e) 4

(f)

3

Even if we go back to the beautiful fishing village we stayed in, we’ll only find it full of noisy
tourists.

【解答６９】2012 同志社大学 2/9,学部個別日程 神

商－フレックスＡ(昼主)商－フレックスＢ(昼夜)

心

理
A

(a)

3

(b)

2

(c)

4

223/224

(d) 3

(e) 4

(f)

2

(g)
B

2

(h)

3

If you want to know about the culture and society of another country, it’s really necessary tolive there among ordinary people.

【解答７０】2012 同志社大学 2/10,学部個別日程 社会 理工
A

(a)

3

(b)

3

(g)

1

(h)

3

(c)

1

(d) 4

(e) 1

(f)

3

B The first thing I’d like to do is to walk around the streets and get to know this neighborhood.

224/224